Sie sind auf Seite 1von 213

General Fax Request Form

REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


FAX TOLL FREE 800-837-6805

1. I need additional information:


❏ Please send a ‘Temperature Sensor Products’ catalog.
❏ Please send a ‘Temperature Sensor Products’ CD
❏ Please send information on products checked below.
❏ Please have a factory sales engineer contact me.
❏ Please have a field sales engineer contact me.

THERMOCOUPLES RTDs
❏ Industrial Assemblies, Elements, Protection Tubes ❏ General Purpose Assemblies
❏ MgO Insulated Thermocouples ❏ CIP Sanitary Connected RTDs
❏ Plastics, Rubber, and Packaging Thermocouples ❏ RTD Thermowell Assemblies

ACCESSORIES INSTRUMENTS
❏ Connecting Heads ❏ RTD Transmitters
❏ Thermocouple Wire and Cable ❏ Digital Panel Meters
❏ Thermowells ❏ Hand Held Pyrometers

2. Please send quotation on the items listed below. (Provide Pyromation part number, other manufacturers
name and part number, a complete description of desired sensor and its operating parameters, or send drawing
and complete specifications.)

QUANTITY DESCRIPTION or PART NUMBER

_________ ______________________________________________________________________

_________ ______________________________________________________________________
(Please use reverse side, if needed, for additional quotation items or comments.)

3. Our interest in temperature sensors is for:


❏ In-House Use ❏ OEM Applications ❏ Resale or Distribution

Products manufactured, sold, or distributed _______________________________________________________

4. Please complete the following:

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
Company Name Your Name

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
Street Address Position

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
Phone

__________________________________________ __________________________________________
City State Zip Fax

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

344-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-I
General Fax Request Form (side 2)

TOLL FREE FAX (800) 837-6805

QUANTITY DESCRIPTION or PART NUMBER

_________ _________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

_________ _________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

SENSOR SKETCH

___________________________________________ ___________________________________________
Company Name Your Name

___________________________________________ ___________________________________________
Street Address Position

___________________________________________ ___________________________________________
Phone

___________________________________________ ___________________________________________
City State Zip Fax

Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________________

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-II Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 345-1
General Customer Service Contacts

1. INSIDE SALES CONTACTS for ORDER ENTRY, QUOTATIONS, and PRODUCT INFORMATION

BRUCE CHIVINGTON CHAD McMILLAN JEFF RYAN


(bruce@pyromation.com) (chad@pyromation.com) (jeff@pyromation.com)

GREG RYAN SCOTT MOTTRAM MATT LAMAR


(greg@pyromation.com) (scottm@pyromation.com) (matt@pyromation.com)

JIM MARKLAND
(jim@pyromation.com)
2. DELIVERY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Michelle
. . . . . Honeycutt
. . .
michelle@pyromation.com

3. SALES, APPLICATION ASSISTANCE, and PRICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inside


. . . Sales
. . . .
sales@pyromation.com

4. DOMESTIC SALES ADMINISTRATION, SALES POLICIES, and


GENERAL RESALE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Scott
. . . Farnham
. . . .
scott@pyromation.com

5. EXPORT SALES ADMINISTRATION, SALES POLICIES, and


GENERAL RESALE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Scott
. . .Farnham
. . . .
scott@pyromation.com

6. MARKETING and SALES PROMOTION ACTIVITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nikki


. . . Whitacre
. . . . .
nikki@pyromation.com

7. ENGINEERING and TECHNICAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mike


. . . Thaxton
. . . .
mike@pyromation.com

8. QUALITY ASSURANCE and RELATED ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruce


. . . Merritt
. . . .
bmerritt@pyromation.com

9. GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pete


. . .Wilson
. . . .
pete@pyromation.com

10. CATALOG and LITERATURE REQUESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Michelle


. . . . . Honeycutt
. .
michelle@pyromation.com

11. MATERIAL RETURN AUTHORIZATIONS John Gatwood


PRODUCT EVALUATIONS and SENSOR REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . john@pyromation.com

Chris Shamo
cshamo@pyromation.com

Joel Hoffman
joel@pyromation.com

Trent Rowden
trent@pyromation.com

12. CALIBRATION SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steve


. . . .Archacki
. . . .
steve@pyromation.com

Chris Moritz
chris@pyromation.com

13. BILLING, CREDIT INFORMATION, and ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beth


. . . Terry
. . . . .
beth@pyromation.com

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

162-10 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-1
General Calibration Ordering Information

Our NVLAP Accredited Metrology Laboratory provides comparison temperature calibrations from (-196 to 1450) °C [-321 to 2642] °F on the
International Temperature Scale of 1990 (ITS-90) for temperature sensors and instruments. We conform to the requirements of AMS 2750,
ASTM E220, ISO 17025 and ANSI/NCSL Z540-1-1994.

Pyromation’ Laboratory managerial staff and technical personnel have documented education, training, technical knowledge and experience for their
assigned functions. The environment in which these functions are performed is constantly monitored and controlled with regard to all appropriate
conditions and access is strictly defined and controlled.

Our Laboratory equipment includes fluidized baths and tube furnaces, standard platinum resistance thermometers, and types “B” and “S”
thermocouples. All standards and calibrations are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) or have been derived from
accepted values of natural physical constants, or by the ratio of self calibration. Our reports are complete and include as found and as left data when
appropriate. All personnel work within a quality management system, described in our Quality Manual PM-525-01.

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5
Example Order Numbers: CAL 5520 F - TD - TBL (100)
1 2 3 4
CAL (32 212 300) F - TD
1 Calibration Code
CODE DESCRIPTION
CAL Sensor Calibration - All sensors of that item number will be tested at the specified temperature(s).
LOT Lot Calibration (BE) - One sample from the beginning and the end of the lot will be tested at the specified temperature(s).
BME Lot Calibration (BME) - One sample from the beginning, middle, and end of the lot will be tested at the specified temperature(s).
RND(X) Sample Calibration - Specified number of random sample(s) from the lot will be tested at the specified temperature(s).
LOP Loop Calibration - One instrument and one sensor will be tested together at the specified temperature(s).
X = Specify number of sensors
2 Common Test Points 3 Temperature Scale
DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
ºC ºF Application C Degrees Celsius
5010 -196 0 30 -321 32 86 ITS 4 F Degrees Fahrenheit
5020 -40 0 30 -40 32 86 ITS 5
5040 0 30 32 86 ITS 11 4 Tagging Options
5060 0 30 156 32 86 313 ITS 10 Standard tags include report number and date
5080 0 30 232 32 86 450 ITS 9 CODE DESCRIPTION
5100 0 30 420 32 86 788 ITS 8 TD(X) Calibration Detail
5120 -196 0 30 156 -321 32 86 313 ITS 4, 10 TI(X) Stainless Steel Tag
5140 -196 0 30 232 -321 32 86 450 ITS 4, 9 TA(X) Tag ALL with Beg and End
5160 -196 0 30 420 -321 32 86 788 ITS 4, 8 TG(X) Tag ALL with Average
5180 -40 0 30 156 -40 32 86 313 ITS 5, 10 TV(X) Tag ALL with Beg, End, and Average
5200 -40 0 30 232 -40 32 86 450 ITS 5, 9 X=Additional Tag Quantities
5220 -40 0 30 420 -40 32 86 788 ITS 5, 8
5240 0 100 420 32 212 788 CVD
5 Custom Table Options
5260 -196 0 100 420 -321 32 212 788 CVD
CODE DESCRIPTION
5280 -40 0 100 420 -40 32 212 788 CVD
TBL Table in 1 degree increments
5300 -75 0 100 420 -103 32 212 788 CVD
TBL(0.1) Table in 0.1 degree increments
5320 0 100 300 32 212 572 CVD
TBL(10) Table in 10 degree increments
5340 0 100 200 32 212 392 CVD
TBL(100) Table in 100 degree increments
5360 0 100 150 32 212 302 CVD
TBL(CVD) Callendar Van Dusen Coefficients
5380 0 50 100 32 122 212 CVD
5520 -196 -40 -5 -321 -40 23 T
5540 -75 -40 -5 -103 -40 23 T
5560 -75 -40 -5 -103 -40 23 T
5580 -40 -5 -40 23 T
5600 25 100 77 212 T
5620 25 100 200 77 212 392 T
5640 25 100 300 77 212 572 T
5660 100 200 200 212 392 572 K, J
5680 100 300 500 212 572 932 J
5700 300 500 700 572 932 1292 K, J
5720 300 500 700 1050 572 932 1292 1922 K
5740 500 700 1050 932 1292 1922 K

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 165-4
General Sales Policy

PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days

MINIMUM BILLING CHARGE: $25.00 Net Per Order

PRICES: Prices are subject to change without notice. Customer order acknowledgements will reflect current
prices.

SHIPPING CHARGES: Shipped F.O.B. sellers plant. UPS shipments are prepay and add, as are air shipments unless otherwise
requested. Truck shipments are freight collect. Packing and insurance charges are included in the
shipping charge.

PARTIAL SHIPMENTS: Partial shipments will normally only be made at the customers request, or when unreasonable delay
for an entire order would occur due to holding items for complete order shipment. Requests for 'partial
shipments', or requests for 'shipments in full only', must be clearly marked or stated at the time of
order entry.

DROP SHIPMENTS: Drop shipments will be made at a customer's request provided that a separate purchase order is issued for
each drop shipment, and that the invoice is to be issued to the 'ordering customer' and not to the 'drop
shipment customer'. Drop shipment orders cannot be combined with other order quantity discounts.

SHIPMENT DAMAGES: Damage to shipments beyond the F.O.B. point is the responsibility of the carrier. Shipments should
be opened promptly upon receipt and any claim for damage is to be initiated by the purchaser with the
carrier. Replacement shipments will be made on a chargeable basis.

SHIPMENT SHORTAGES: Each shipment should be examined promptly by the purchaser upon receipt. All claims for loss or
shortages must be made to Pyromation within 7 (seven) days of receipt of shipment.

SHIPPING LENGTHS: The maximum uncoiled straight length shipment of Pyromation temperature sensors is 264 cm [104 in],
if shipped via UPS. Straight lengths over 264 cm [104 in] must be shipped by truck.

MATERIAL SUBSTITUTION: Pyromation reserves the right to substitute superior materials of construction without notification. These
include, but are not limited to, superior metals and special limits of error thermocouple wire.

MATERIAL RETURNS: No returns for credit, warranty repairs, or evaluation will be allowed without prior factory authorization.
Contact the factory for a 'Return Authorization' (RA) number, and clearly state what the item is and the
reason the return is desired. Provide the factory with the original purchase order number, date ordered,
and the invoice number for the item being returned.

RESTOCKING CHARGES: Unused and in like-new condition materials returned to Pyromation for credit will be subject to a minimum
20% restocking charge. The actual restocking charge will be determined by the type of material, its
resale value, and finally upon our receipt, inspection and evaluation of the material in question.

BLANKET ORDERS: Blanket orders will be accepted for a defined quantity of products with scheduled releases for a time
period not exceeding one year. Blanket orders will be afforded price protection for 60 days after customer
notification of a price change.

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

23-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-3
General Sales Policy

EXPRESS ORDERS: Orders for manufactured products that require delivery earlier than normal delivery schedules provide, can be
placed as an express order with either a same day, 24 hour or 72 hour shipping guarantee. Our acceptance
of any express order will be dependent upon material availability, the manufacturing complexity of the product,
and on the quantity ordered. Actual acceptance of any express order will be determined at the time of order
entry, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of Pyromation, Inc.

1. Express orders may be placed with our Sales Department anytime during normal office hours and can be
placed for any reasonable quantity of temperature sensors, or other related products, on either a same day,
24, or a 72 hour customer selected shipping schedule.

2. Same day express orders will normally be shipped the same workday the order is placed.

3. 24 hour express orders will normally be shipped the next workday following the date of order entry.

4. 72 hour express orders will normally be shipped on the third workday following the date of order entry.

5. Express orders may also be placed for expedited delivery on manufactured products that require Pyromation
to order non-stock materials from our vendors. The 24 or 72 hour express order period will begin on the day
of our receipt of the ordered materials.

6. Express orders cannot be guaranteed nor deliveries confirmed unless the order is placed via telephone.

7. Express orders that miss scheduled delivery dates will forfeit all customer express charges.

8. Not all cataloged items are available on an express service basis. Consult factory for availability when in
doubt.

LIMITED DISCOUNTS: Limited discounts may apply for some sensor assemblies. See individual price pages for discount
information.

CALIBRATION: NIST traceable calibration is available for new unused temperature sensor assemblies and for thermocouple
wire. Calibrations are limited to temperatures of -196 °C [-321 °F], -75 °C [-103 °F], and between (-40 to 1450)
°C [-40 to 2642] °F, and are subject to calibration limitations of element materials and sheaths where applicable.
The minimum sensor assembly lengths for calibration is 18" of element or sheath length, and 72" of insulated
thermocouple wire. Thermocouple wire is calibrated by making 72" thermocouples from each end of the wire
spool and calibrating at the specified temperatures. NIST traceable Report of Calibration results are provided
for each calibration order. (Consult factory for calibration of sensors and wire of less than the minimum specified
lengths)

WARRANTY: Thermocouples, assemblies, wire, and related parts are sold by Pyromation, Inc. under the following
warranties which extend only to the first buyer of said products as new merchandise directly from
Pyromation or from an authorized Pyromation distributor, representative, or reseller.

These products are warranted to be free from functional defects in materials and workmanship at the
time of manufacture and to conform to specifications set forth in relevant Pyromation catalog pages
for such products.

Pyromation's sole and exclusive obligation and buyer's sole and exclusive remedy under the above
warranty is limited to repair or replacement, at Pyromation's option, free of charge, the products which
are reported in writing to Pyromation at its main office - Pyromation, Inc., 5211 Industrial Road, Fort
Wayne, IN 46825 - and which, if so advised by Pyromation, are returned to the designated facility during
normal business hours, transportation prepaid, and which upon examination by Pyromation are found
not to comply with the above warranty.

Pyromation shall not be liable for any expressed or implied warranties beyond the above warranty, nor
for any incidental, consequential, special or other damaged, costs or expenses, excepting only the
repair or replacement described above. Pyromation makes no warranty of merchantability or fitness
for a particular purpose with respect to these products.

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 24-6
General Operating Principles

THERMOCOUPLES - Thermocouples are the most common, convenient, and versatile devices used to measure
temperature. They convert units of heat into useable engineering units that serve as input signals for process controllers
and recorders.

A thermocouple consists of a welded 'hot' junction between two dissimilar metals - usually wires - and a reference junction
at the opposite ends of the parent materials. Heating the 'hot' junction in the working environment produces a temperature
gradient which generates an Electromotive Force (EMF). The EMF appears across the free ends of the thermocouple
wires where it is measured and converted into units of heat calibration. Through selection of appropriate thermocouple
wires and sheath components, thermocouples are suitable to be used in temperature ranges from (-200 to 2316) °C
[-328 to 4200] °F.

RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTORS - Resistance temperature detectors (RTD) accurately sense temperature
with an excellent degree of repeatability and interchangeability of elements. The RTD is composed of certain metallic
elements whose change in resistance is a function of temperature. In operation, a small excitation current is passed
across the element, and the voltage, which is proportional to resistance, is then measured and converted to units of
temperature calibration. The RTD element is manufactured by winding a wire (wire wound elements) or plating a film
(thin film elements) on a ceramic or glass core and sealing the element within a ceramic or glass capsule.

Since most RTDs have a low initial resistance, often 100 ohms, and have a small change in resistance per unit of
temperature range, the resistance of the lead wire is often compensated for with a three or four wire bridge configuration
built into the measuring devices. By selecting the proper elements and protective sheathing, RTDs can operate in a
temperature range of (-200 to 650) °C [-328 to 1202] °F.

THERMISTORS - A thermistor is an economical means of precisely sensing heat over a limited range of temperatures.
A thermistor is a metal oxide whose change in resistance is typically an inverse function of the change in temperature.
An excitation current is passed across the sensor and the voltage, which is proportional to the resistance, is measured
and converted to units of heat calibration. Since thermistors usually have a large base resistance and a large change in
resistance per unit of temperature change, lead wire length does not generally need to be compensated for. Thermistors
can operate across a temperature range of (-40 to 149) °C [-40 to 300] °F by selecting the proper sensor and protective
materials.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS - Other components usually essential in integrating the principles of thermocouple,
RTD, and thermistor sensors into a functioning system may include: (1) a protection tube or sheath of a material
suitable to protect the sensing element from the environment surrounding the point of measurement, (2) a connecting
head and terminal block, or possibly a temperature transmitter, (3) leadwire of the correct material and insulation to
connect the temperature sensor and the process instrumentation, and (4) recording or controlling instrumentation and
control devices to provide a continuous temperature history of the system and to provide constant or programmed
temperature regulation.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

25-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-5
General Thermocouple Material Specifications

The thermocouple element materials listed below are those most commonly found in process applications. Selection
of the proper thermocouple type for a particular application is determined by temperature expectations and by the
environment in which the sensor will be placed. The following temperature and application tables are intended to aid
in this selection. The thermocouples are listed by ASTM letter designations by thermocouple type.

Letter Designated Thermocouples


TEMPERATURE
TYPE APPLICATION INFORMATION
RANGE
Suitable for vacuum, reducing, or inert atmospheres, oxidizing atmosphere
J Iron (+) (0 to 760) °C with reduced life. Iron oxidizes rapidly above 538 °C [1000 °F] so only heavy
E230 Copper - 45% Nickel (Constantan) (-) [32 to 1400] °F gauge wire is recommended for high temperature. Bare elements should
not be exposed to sulphurous atmospheres above 538 °C [1000 °F].
Recommended for continuous oxidizing or neutral atmospheres.
Mostly used above 538 °C [1000 °F]. Subject to failure if exposed to
Nickel - 10% Chromium (+) sulphur. Preferential oxidation of chromium in positive leg at certain
K (0 to 1260) °C
Nickel - 2% Aluminum, 2% Manganese, low oxygen concentrations causes 'green rot' and large negative
E230 [32 to 2300] °F
1% Silicon (-) calibration drifts most serious in the (816 to 1038) °C [1500 to 1900]
°F range. Ventilation or inert-sealing of the protection tube can
prevent this.
Nickel - 14% Chromium, 1 1/2% Silicon (+) Can be used in applications where Type K elements have shorter
N (0 to 1260) °C
Nickel - 4 1/2% Silicon - 1/10% Magnes- life and stability problems due to oxidation and the development of
E230 [32 to 2300] °F
ium (-) 'green rot'.
Useable in oxidizing, reducing, or inert atmospheres as well as
T Copper (+) (-200 to 370) °C
vacuum. Not subject to corrosion in moist atmospheres. Limits of
E230 Copper - 45% Nickel (Constantan) (-) [-328 to 700] °F
error published for sub-zero temperature ranges.
Recommended for continuously oxidizing or inert atmospheres. Sub-
E Nickel - 10% Chromium (+) (0 to 870) °C
zero limits of error not established. Highest thermoelectric output of
E230 Copper - 45% Nickel (Constantan) (-) [32 to 1600] °F
common calibrations.
R Platinum - 13% Rhodium (+) Recommended for high temperature. Must be protected with non-
E230 Platinum (-) metallic protection tube and ceramic insulators. Continued high
(538 to 1482) °C temperature usages causes grain growth which can lead to mechanical
S Platinum - 10% Rhodium (+) [1000 to 2700] °F failure. Negative calibration drift caused by Rhodium diffusion to pure
E230 Platinum (-) leg as well as from Rhodium volatilization. Type R is used in industry;
Type S in the laboratory.
B Platinum - 30% Rhodium (+) (871 to 1704) °C Same as R & S but output is lower. Also less susceptible to grain
E230 Platinum - 6% Rhodium (-) [1600 to 3100] °F growth and drift.
Very high temperature applications in inert or vacuum. Preferred
C 95% Tungsten - 5% Rhenium (+) (0 to 2315) °C
over Tungsten/Tungsten-26% Rhenium because it is less brittle at
E230 74% Tungsten - 26% Rhenium (-) [32 to 4200] °F
low temperatures.

Non-Letter Designated Thermocouples


TEMPERATURE
TYPE APPLICATION INFORMATION
RANGE
High temperature applications in inert or vacuum atmosphere. Useful
M Nickel - 18% Molybdenum (+) (-50 to 1410) °C
in many hydrogen applications. Continuous cycling causes excessive
E1751 Nickel - 0.8% Cobalt (-) [-58 to 2570] °F
grain growth
Platinel II[1] Noble metal combination which approximates Type K curve but has
P (0 to 1395) °C
Platinel 5355 (+) much improved oxidation resistance. Should be treated as any noble
E1751 [32 to 2543] °F
Platinel 7674 (-) metal calibration.
[1] Trademark of Engelhard Corp., Specialty Metals Division

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 26-7
General Thermocouple Initial Material Tolerances

The following tables list the ASTM stated INITIAL thermocouple material tolerances and the INITIAL thermocouple
tolerances. The accuracies stated are only for new, cleaned, fully annealed thermocouples prior to their being exposed
to elevated temperatures and to detrimental environments. The stated limits of error may not indicate the accuracies
of thermocouples in actual service.

Tolerances on Initial Values of EMF vs Temperature for Thermocouples


Reference Junction 0 oC [32 oF]. Published in ASTM E230
TEMPERATURE RANGE for STANDARD TEMPERATURE RANGE for SPECIAL
TYPE
STANDARD TOLERANCES TOLERANCES SPECIAL TOLERANCES TOLERANCES
(0 to 293) °C [32 to 559] °F ± 2.2 °C [ ± 4 °F] (0 to 275) °C [32 to 527] °F ± 1.1 °C [± 2 °F]
J
(293 to 760) °C [559 to 1400] °F ± 0.75% (275 to 760) °C [527 to 1400] °F ± 0.4%
(-200 to -110) °C [-328 to -166] °F ± 2% [1] [2]

(-110 to 0) °C [-166 to 32] °F ± 2.2 °C [ ± 4 °F][1] [2]


K
(0 to 293) °C [32 to 559] °F ± 2.2 °C [ ± 4 °F] (0 to 275) °C [32 to 527] °F ± 1.1 °C [± 2 °F]
(293 to 1260) °C [559 to 2300] °F ± 0.75% (275 to 1260) °C [527 to 2300] °F ± 0.4%
(0 to 293) °C [32 to 559] °F ± 2.2 °C [ ± 4 °F][1] (0 to 275) °C [32 to 527] °F ± 1.1 °C [± 2 °F]
N
(293 to 1260) °C [559 to 2300] °F ± 0.75% (275 to 1260) °C [527 to 2300] °F ± 0.4%
(-200 to -67 °C [-328 to -89] °F ± 1.5%[1] [2]

(-67 to 0) °C [-89 to 32] °F ± 1 °C [ ± 1.8 °F][1] [2]


T
(0 to 133) °C [32 to 271] °F ± 1 °C [ ± 1.8 °F] (0 to 125) °C [32 to 257] °F ± 0.5 °C [± 0.9 °F]
(133 to 370) °C [271 to 700] °F ± 0.75% (125 to 370) °C [257 to 700] °F ± 0.4%
(-200 to -170) °C [-328 to -274] °F ± 1% [1] [2]

(-170 to 0) °C [-274 to 32] °F ± 1.7 °C [ ± 3.1 °F][1] [2]


E
(0 to 340) °C [32 to 644] °F ± 1.7 °C [ ± 3.1 °F] (0 to 250) °C [32 to 482] °F ± 1 °C [± 1.8 °F]
(340 to 870) °C [644 to 1600] °F ± 0.5% (250 to 870) °C [482 to 1600] °F ± 0.4%
(0 to 600) °C [32 to 1112] °F ± 1.5 °C [ ± 2.7 °F] (0 to 600) °C [32 to 1112] °F ± 0.6 °C [± 1.1 °F]
R
(600 to 1480) °C [1112 to 2642] °F ± 0.25% (600 to 1480) °C [1112 to 2700] °F ± 0.1%
(0 to 600) °C [32 to 1112] °F ± 1.5 °C [ ± 2.7 °F] (0 to 600) °C [32 to 1112] °F ± 0.6 °C [± 1.1 °F]
S
(600 to 1480) °C [1112 to 2700] °F ± 0.25% (600 to 1450) °C [1112 to 2642] °F ± 0.1%
B (870 to 1700) °C [1600 to 3100] °F ± 0.5% (870 to 1700) °C [1600 to 3100] °F ± 0.25%
(0 to 400) °C [32 to 752] °F ± 4.4 °C [ ± 8 °F]
C Not Available
(400 to 2315) °C [752 to 4200] °F ± 1.0%

[1] Thermocouples and thermocouple materials are supplied to meet the limits of error specified for temperatures
above 0 °C. A thermocouple material may not conform to the published sub-zero limits of error for that material when
purchased, unless conformance is agreed upon by customer and Pyromation when ordering.

[2] Special limits of error for sub-zero temperatures have not yet been established. The following limits for calibrations
E and T are useful to start discussion between customer and Pyromation.
(-200 to 0) °C Type E ± 1 °C or ± 0.5%, whichever is greater
Type T ± 0.5 °C or ± 0.8%, whichever is greater
Initial values of tolerance for Type J and Type K thermocouples below 0 °C are not given due to the characteristics of
the materials.
Tolerances on Initial Values of EMF vs Temperature for Thermocouples
CODE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE RANGE LIMITS OF ERROR
M Ni18Mo/Ni (-50 to 1410) °C [-58 to 2570] °F ± 0.75%
P Platinel II (0 to 1395) °C [32 to 4200] °F ± 0.10 mV

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

27-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-7
General Recommended Temperature Limits and Color Codes

Thermocouples must be selected to meet application conditions and only general recommendations of size and type can be given. Selection
considerations involve useful length of service life, temperature, atmosphere, and response time. Smaller gauges provide faster response times
and less service life. Larger gauges provide longer service life and reduced response times. The recommended temperature limits below are
to be used as a guideline in the selection process, and the table is only for thermocouples protected by a suitable protecting tube, sheath, or
well. The color coding chart below provides ANSI/ASTM standard color codes found on thermocouple wire, extension wire, and plug and jack
connectors.

Suggested Upper Temperature Limits For Protected Industrial Thermocouples


MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
TYPE
8 GAGE 11 GAGE 14 GAGE 20 GAGE 24 GAGE 28 GAGE 30 GAGE
°C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F]
T 370 [700] 260 [500] 200 [400] 200 [400] 150 [300]
J 760 [1400] 590 [1100] 480 [900] 370 [700] 370 [700] 320 [600]
E 870 [1600] 650 [1200] 540 [1000] 430 [800] 430 [800] 370 [700]
K, N 1260 [2300] 1090 [2000] 980 [1800] 870 [1600] 870 [1600] 760 [1400]
M 1287 [2250] 1287 [2250]
R, S 1480 [2700]
B 1700 [3100]
C 2330 [4200]
Thermocouples in conventional closed-end protecting tubes. These limits do not apply to sheathed thermocouples
having compacted mineral oxide insulation.
Upper Temperature Limit For Various MgO Insulated Sheath Diameters

SHEATH DIAMETER TYPE T TYPE J TYPE E TYPE K, N


IN. [mm] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F]
0.020 [0.5] 260 [500] 260 [500] 300 [570] 700 [1290]
0.032 [0.8] 260 [500] 260 [500] 300 [570] 700 [1290]
0.040 [1.0] 260 [500] 260 [500] 300 [570] 700 [1290]
0.062 [1.6] 260 [500] 440 [825] 510 [950] 920 [1690]
0.093 [2.4] 260 [500] 480 [900] 580 [1075] 1000 [1830]
0.125 [3.2] 315 [600] 520 [970] 650 [1200] 1070 [1960]
0.188 [4.8] 370 [700] 620 [1150] 730 [1350] 1150 [2100]
0.250 [6.3] 370 [700] 720 [1330] 820 [1510] 1150 [2100]
0.375 [9.5] 370 [700] 720 [1330] 820 [1510] 1150 [2100]
This table gives the suggested upper temperature limits for the various thermocouples in several common sheath sizes.
It does not take into account environmental temperature limitations of the sheath material itself, nor does it address
compatibility considerations between the thermoelement materials and the sheath containing them. Note 2 - The
temperature limits given here are intended only as a guide to the user and should not be taken as absolute values nor
as guarantees of satisfactory life or performance. These types and sizes are sometimes used at temperatures above
the given limits, but usually at the expense of stability, life or both. In other instances, it may be necessary to reduce the
given limits in order to achieve adequate service.
Thermocouples Type Color Codes
COLOR CODING
THERMOELEMENT MAGNETIC
TYPE SINGLE OVERALL OVERALL EXTENSION PLUG
DESIGNATION YES NO
CONDUCTOR T/C WIRE GRADE WIRE & JACK
TP (+) X Blue
T Brown Blue Blue
TN (-) X Red
JP (+) X White
J Brown Black Black
JN (-) X Red
EP (+) X Purple
E Brown Purple Purple
EN (-) X Red
KP (+) X Yellow
K Brown Yellow Yellow
KN (-) X Red
NP (+) X Orange
N Brown Orange Orange
NN (-) X Red
SP (+) X Black
S Green Green
SN (-) X Red
RP (+) X Black
R Green Green
RN (-) X Red
BP (+) X Gray White
B Gray
BN (-) X Red (Uncompensated)
CP (+) X Green
C (-) Red Red
CN X Red

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 28-6
General RTD Specifications

STANDARD PLATINUM RTD ASSEMBLIES - Pyromation standard RTD assemblies are constructed using either wire wound
platinum elements or thin film elements with a reference resistance of 100 ohms at 0 °C, a temperature coefficient 0.003 85 °C-1 and
are in accordance with the following standards:

1. International Standard, IEC 60751:1995 2. American Standard, ASTM E1137-04

Other platinum elements and elements of other materials, resistances, and temperature coefficients are available as standard order
items. See the 'Standard RTD Material Specification' chart located in this catalog section. Non-listed special sensor elements are also
available by consulting with the factory.

RTD ELEMENT TERMINOLOGY


Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: The fractional change in element resistance per change of 1 °C, expressed as Ω/Ω/°C or
Ω • Ω -1 • °C-1 or °C-1.

Accuracy: A statement of the initial element accuracy as measured at one point only, usually 0 °C [32 °F].

Interchangeability: An expression of the element material tolerance at various temperatures over the sensor range.

Typical 100 OHM Platinum Element Tolerances


CLASS B (0.12%) [1] BAND 1 (0.1%) [1] CLASS A (0.06%) [1] BAND 3 (0.03%) [1] BAND 5 (0.01%) [2]
TEMPERATURE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
±[ 0.30 + 0.0050 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.26 + 0.0042 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.15 + 0.0020 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.08 + 0.0017 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.03 + 0.0017 |t| ] °C
°C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F]
-200 [-328] 1.30 [2.34] 1.10 [1.98] 0.55 [0.99] 0.42 [0.76] 0.37 [0.67]
-100 [-148] 0.80 [1.44] 0.68 [1.22] 0.35 [0.63] 0.25 [0.45] 0.20 [0.36]
0 [32] 0.30 [0.54] 0.26 [0.47] 0.15 [0.27] 0.08 [0.14] 0.03 [0.05]
100 [212] 0.80 [1.44] 0.68 [1.22] 0.35 [0.63] 0.25 [0.45] 0.20 [0.36]
200 [392] 1.30 [2.34] 1.10 [1.98] 0.55 [0.99] 0.42 [0.76] 0.37 [0.67]
300 [572] 1.80 [3.24] 1.52 [2.74] 0.75 [1.35] 0.59 [1.06] 0.54 [0.97]
400 [752] 2.30 [4.14] 1.94 [3.49] 0.95 [1.71] 0.76 [1.37] 0.71 [1.28]
500 [932] 2.80 [5.04] 2.36 [4.25] 1.15 [2.07] 0.93 [1.67] 0.88 [1.58]
600 [1112] 3.30 [5.94] 2.78 [5.00] 1.35 [2.43] 1.10 [1.98] 1.05 [1.89]
where: |t| = value of temperature without regard to sign, °C
[1] The equations represent values for 3 and 4-wire PRTs. Caution must be exercised with 2-wire PRTs due to lead resistance.
[2] This tolerance can only be met with a 4-wire PRT.
Element Types: Single platinum elements of 100 ohms at 0 °C and duplex platinum elements of two 100 ohm sensors inside the same
sheath are both available as standard. Consult factory for other duplex style of elements.

Sensor Leadwire: All standard RTD sensor leadwire is stranded, silver or nickel-plated copper with Teflon® or fiberglass insulation.
Teflon® insulated leads are rated at 204 °C [400 °F] maximum and fiberglass insulated leads are rated at 482 °C [900 °F] maximum.

Element Connections: RTD sensor assemblies are available with 2, 3, and 4 wire leads. Two wire connected elements do not provide
lead resistance compensation for the measuring device. Three and four wire connected elements provide a means for compensating
for lead resistance between the sensor and the measuring device.

Temperature Limits: Low range (L) RTD assemblies are constructed using Teflon® materials and low temperature epoxies
to make them resistant to moisture penetration. These units are rated at 204 °C
[400 °F] maximum.
High range (H) RTD assemblies are constructed using nickel element leads, MgO insulation, and
other materials suitable for maximum temperatures of up to 600 °C [1112 °F].

Self-Heating: Self-heating is the rise in the measured temperature caused by the power dissipated in the element. Self-heating error is
affected by the thermal conductivity and velocity of the process being measured and is negligible for most applications. The self-heating
effect at 25 °C [77 °F] in water flowing at 1 m/s [3 ft/s] on a 3/16" OD stainless steel sheath diameter RTD is 50 mW/ °C typical.

Thermal Response: The time required to sense 63.2% of a step temperature change from (20 to 77) °C [68 to 171] °F in water
flowing at 1 m/s [3 ft/s].

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

29-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-9
General RTD Specifications

Two-Wire: Provides one connection to each end of the element. This construction is suitable where the resistance
of the lead wire may be considered as an additive constant in the circuit, and particularly where the changes in lead
resistance due to ambient temperature changes may be ignored.

Three-Wire: Provides one connection to one end of the element and two to the other end of the element. Connected
to an instrument designed to accept three wire input, sufficient compensation is usually achieved for leadwire resistance
and temperature change in leadwire resistance. This is the most commonly used configuration.

Four-Wire: Provides two connections to each end of the element to completely compensate for leadwire resistance
and temperature change in leadwire. This configuration is used where highly accurate temperature measurement is
vital.

2 WIRE SINGLE 2 WIRE DUPLEX 3 WIRE SINGLE 3 WIRE DUPLEX 4 WIRE SINGLE 4 WIRE DUPLEX
WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE

GREEN GREEN WHITE WHITE


GREEN
GREEN
RED RED

BLACK RED BLACK RED

RED BLACK RED


RED BLACK
RED BLACK
RED

RED

Pyromation Standard RTD Element Specifications


ELEMENT ELEMENT RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE OPERATING AVAILABLE TOLERANCES @ 0 °C
MATERIAL[1] TYPE @ 0 °C COEFFICIENT RANGE[2] ±0.5% ±0.2% ±0.12% ±0.1% ±0.6% ±0.03% ±0.05%
(-70 to 550) °C
Platinum Thin Film 100 Ohm α=0.003 85 ºC-1 X X
[-94 to 1022] °F
(-200 to 600) °C
Platinum Wire Wound 100 Ohm α=0.003 85 ºC-1 X X X
[-328 to 1112] °F
(-200 to 600) °C
Platinum Wire Wound 100 Ohm α=0.003 92 ºC-1 X X
[-328 to 1112] °F
(-200 to 600) °C
Platinum Wire Wound 200 Ohm α=0.003 85 ºC-1 X X X
[-328 to 1112] °F
(-200 to 600) °C
Platinum Wire Wound 200 Ohm α=0.003 92 ºC-1 X X
[-328 to 1112] °F
(-70 to 550) °C
Platinum Thin Film 500 Ohm α=0.003 85 ºC-1 X
[-94 to 1022] °F
(-70 to 550) °C
Platinum Thin Film 1000 Ohm α=0.003 85 ºC-1 X
[-94 to 1022] °F
(-101 to 204) °C
Copper [3] Wire Wound 10 Ohm α=0.004 27 ºC-1 X
[-150 to 400] °F
(-101 to 204) °C
Nickel Wire Wound 120 Ohm α=0.006 72 ºC-1 X
[-150 to 400] °F
(-101 to 204) °C
Nickel-Iron Wire Wound 604 Ohm α=0.005 18 ºC-1 X
[-150 to 400] °F
[1]: Sensing elements of other materials, base values, and temperature coefficients are available upon request.
[2]: Stated operating ranges are typical values and are dependant upon the sensing element, element substrate, and the construction style of
the total sensor assembly. Sensor assemblies to exceed the stated limits may be available upon request.
[3]: Base resistance of 10 Ohm Copper RTD is measured at 25 ºC.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-10 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 30-7
Tubing, Sheath, Protection Tube,
General and Well Materials

Pyromation provides a variety of common tubing, MgO sheath, protection tube, and drilled well materials to protect temperature
sensing elements from the environmental conditions typically found in industrial process applications. The following tables are
intended as guidelines to aid in the selection of the proper materials for sensors used in different environments. Consult the factory
for the availability of other protective materials for specialty applications. NOTE: All chemical compositions and temperature ratings
are nominal and are stated as received from suppliers.

MATERIAL CODE INDEX

METALS CERAMICS and COMPOSITE MATERIALS

CODE MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL


2 Molybdenum 25 Tantalum 37 Alloy 800 12 Metal Ceramic LT-1
3 Alloy 600 26 Titanium 38 Alloy 20 13 Vesuvius
4 310 S.S. 27 Alloy 400 41 HR - 160® 14 Cerite® - II
5 446 S.S. 28 Alloy B 50 Zirconium 15 Cerite® - III
6 Carbon Steel 29 Alloy C -276 59 F22-1 16 Mullite
7 Alloy 601 31 Nickel 200 60 F11-2 17 Alumina®
8 316 S.S. 32 304 LC S.S. 61 A105 18 Silicon Carbide
9[2] 304 S.S. 33 316 LC S.S. 91 F91 19 Hexoloy® SA
11 Cast Iron 35 321 S.S. 71 Recrystallized Silicon Carbide
22 Brass 36 347 S.S.
23 Copper
24 Platinum

Metals
CATALOG TYPICAL AREAS OF USE
MATERIAL MATERIAL/COMPOSITION MGO PROT. DRILLED APPLICATION GUIDELINE INFORMATION
CODE TUBING
SHEATHS TUBES WELLS
2 MOLYBDENUM X X Up to 1926 °C [3500 °F] in inert atmospheres, to 1871 °C [3400 °F]
99.9% min. Molybdenum, 0.03% Tungsten in vacuum at 10-4 torr. Has poor mechanical shock resistance after
heated to 1038 °C [1900 °F]. Oxidizes in air above 427 °C [800 °F].

3 ALLOY 600 (UNS N06600) X X X X Up to 1149 °C [2100 °F] under oxidizing conditions. Reducing
72% Nickel, 15% Chromium, 8% Iron conditions reduce maximum temperature to 1038 °C [1900 °F]. Must
not be placed in sulfurous atmospheres above 538 °C [1000 °F].
Main areas of application for thermocouple protection are carburizing,
annealing and hardening furnaces, Cyanide saltbaths, blast furnace
downcomers, open hearth flue stacks, steel soaking pits, waste heat
boilers, ore roasters, cement exit flues, incinerators, and glass tank
flues. (INCONEL® 600)

4 310 STAINLESS STEEL (UNS S31000) X X X X Up to 1038 °C [1900 °F] continuous, 1149 °C [2100 °F] intermittent.
25% Chromium, 20% Nickel Mechanical and corrosion resistance similar to and better than 304
stainless steel.

5 446 STAINLESS STEEL (UNS S44600) X X X Up to 1093 °C [2000 °F] under oxidizing conditions. Excellent high
27% Chromium temperature corrosion and oxidizing resistance. Main areas of
application are hardening, nitriding, and annealing furnaces, salt baths,
molten lead, tin and babbit metal, sulfurous atmospheres. Not for
carburizing atmospheres. Other areas are steel soaking pits, tinning
pots, waste heat boilers, ore roasters, cement exit flues, boiler tubes to
982 °C [1800 °F], incinerators to 1093 °C [2000 °F], glass flue tanks.

6 CARBON STEEL[1] X X X Up to 538 °C [1000 °F] in non-oxidizing environments. Main areas of


usage are galvanizing pots, tinning pots, molten babbit metal, molten
mangesium, molten zinc, Petroleum refinery applications such as
dewaxing and thermal cracking.

7 ALLOY 601 (UNS N06601) X X X Similar applications to Inconel® 600 but with superior resistance to
61% Nickel, 23% Chromium, 14% Iron, sulfur, high temperature oxidation resistance to 1260 °C [2300 °F].
1.35% Aluminum (INCONEL® 601)

8 316 STAINLESS STEEL (UNS S31600) X X X X Up to 927 °C [1700 °F] under oxidizing conditions. Same areas of
16% Chromium, 12% Nickel applications as 304 stainless steel. Has improved resistance to mild
2% Molybdenum acid and pitting corrosion.

9[2] 304 STAINLESS STEEL (UNS S30400) X X X X Up to 899 °C [1650 °F] under oxidizing conditions. Has general
18% Chromium, 8% Nickel good oxidation and corrosion resistance in a wide range of industrial
environments. Subject to carbide precipitation, which can reduce
corrosion resistance in the (427 to 538) °C [800 to 1000] °F range.
Good mechanical properties from (-184 to 788) °C [-300 to 1450] °F.
Main areas of usage for thermocouple protection is in chemicals, foods,
plastics and petroleum. Generally regarded as standard protection tube
material.

[1] Materials available in various alloys - consult factory


[2] Machined fittings may be supplied as 303 Series stainless steel

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

33-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-11
Tubing, Sheath, Protection Tube,
General and Well Materials

Metals

CATALOG TYPICAL AREAS OF USE


MATERIAL/
MATERIAL MGO PROT. DRILLED APPLICATION GUIDELINE INFORMATION
COMPOSITION TUBING
CODE SHEATHS TUBES WELLS
11 CAST IRON X Up to 704 °C [1300 °F] in oxidizing conditions. Main area of usage is in
molten non-ferrous metals, daily whiting is recommended. Can be used
to 871 °C [1600 °F] under reducing conditions.

22 BRASS[1] X X Up to 538 °C [1000 °F] continuous. Good thermal conductivity and


mechanical strength.

23 COPPER X X Up to 260 °C [500 °F] continuous. Excellent thermal conductivity. Poor


Limited mechanical strength.
Avail.

24 PLATINUM[1] X X Up to 1374 °C [2500 °F] continuous oxidizing atmospheres. Good


thermal conductivity. Used in applications where high temperature but
no vacuum or inert atmosphere is available.

25 TANTALUM[2] X X X[2] Up to 2349 °C [4350 °F]. Good resistance to corrosion and quick heat
conductivity. Good mechanical strength. Used in chemical processes
and high temperatures in vacuum or inert atmosphere.

26 TITANIUM X X X Up to 1260 °C [2300 °F] in inert or vacuum atmosphere. Acid and


chemical resistant. Oxidation resistance to 538 °C [1000 °F].

27 ALLOY 400 (UNS N04400) X X X X Up to 538 °C [1000 °F] in sulfur-free atmosphere. Excellent resistance
67% Nickel to corrosion. Used in chemical processing and food processing
30% Copper equipment. MONEL® 400

28 ALLOY B (UNS N10001) X X X X Up to 815 °C [1500 °F] in inert or vacuum atmospheres. 538 °C
62% Nickel Limited [1000 °F] in air. Has excellent resistance to pitting, to stress-corrosion
28% Molybdenum, Avail. cracking. Suitable for most chemical processes. Application excellent in
5% Iron hydrochloric acid. (HASTELLOY® B)

29 ALLOY C-276 (UNS N10276) X X X X Up to 1038 °C [1900 °F] in oxidizing atmospheres. Exceptional
54% Nickel Limited resistance to a wide variety of chemical environments. Withstands wet
16% Molybdenum, Avail. chlorine gas, hypochlorite and chlorine dioxide. (HASTELLOY® C 276)
15% Chromium

31 NICKEL 200 (UNS N02200) X X Up to 899 °C [1650 °F] in sulfur-free atmospheres. Good corrosion
99% Nickel Limited resistance. Used in contact with reducing acids, foods, chemicals
Avail. caustics, rayon, and plastics.

32 304 STAINLESS STEEL LOW CARBON X X X X Same characteristics as 304 except the low carbon allows corrosion
(UNS S30403) resistant weld areas. Not recommended to be used above 427 °C
18% Chromium, [800 °F]. (0.03% max. carbon)
8% Nickel

33 316 STAINLESS STEEL LOW CARBON X X X X Same characteristics as 316 except the low carbon allows corrosion
(UNS S31603) resistant weld areas. Not recommended to be used above 427 °C
16% Chromium [800 °F]. (0.03% max. carbon)
12% Nickel
2% Molybdenum

35 321 STAINLESS STEEL (UNS S32100) X X X X Good corrosion resistance between (482 to 871) °C [900 to 1600] °F.
18% Chromium Used where conditions are too severe for low carbon stainless steels.
10% Nickel,
Titanium

36 347 STAINLESS STEEL (UNS S34700) X X X Good corrosion resistance between (482 to 871) °C [900 to 1600] °F.
18% Chromium, Limited Used where conditions are too severe for low carbon stainless steels.
10% Nickel, Avail.
Columbium

37 ALLOY 800 (UNS N08800) X X X X Strong resistance to oxidation and carburization at high temperatures.
33% Nickel Limited Resists sulfur attack, internal oxidation, and scaling in a wide variety of
42% Iron Avail. atmospheres. (INCOLOY® 800)
21% Chromium

38 ALLOY 20 (UNS N08020) X X X Superior resistance to stress-corrosion cracking in boiling 20-40%


35% Nickel Limited sulfuric acid. Also used in high octane gas, solvents, explosives, heavy
35% Iron Avail. chemicals and agri-chemicals. (CARPENTER® 20Cb-3)
20% Chromium
Columbium

41 HR - 160® (UNS N12160) X X A premier alloy that provides excellent resistance to sulphur, vanadium,
37% Nickel chlorines, chlorides, and other salt deposits up to 1204 °C [2200 °F]. A
30% Cobalt superior material for use in aggressive waste incineration processes.
28% Chromium

[1] Materials available in various alloys - consult factory


[2] Generally applied as a well jacket.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-12 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 34-6
Tubing, Sheath, Protection Tube,
General and Well Materials

Metals

CATALOG TYPICAL AREAS OF USE


MATERIAL MATERIAL/COMPOSITION MGO PROT. DRILLED APPLICATION GUIDELINE INFORMATION
CODE TUBING
SHEATHS TUBES WELLS
50 ZIRCONIUM (UNS R60702) X X X Up to 400 °C [752 °F]. Zirconium has a high affinity to oxygen that results in the
99.2% Zr formation of regenerative protective oxide layer in most media. This oxide layer
gives the material chemical resistance and erosive resistance in high velocity
applications. Zirconium is resistant to corrosion from most organic and inorganic
acids, salts and it is totally resistant to alkalis.

59 F22-1 (UNS K21590) X X Carbon steel alloy typically used in power plant, boiler and turbine applications.
Cr 2.25%, Mo 1%

60 F11-2 (UNS K11572) X X Carbon steel alloy typically used in power plant, boiler and turbine applications.
Cr 1.25%, Mo .5%, Si

61 A105 X Carbon steel alloy typically used in power plant, boiler and turbine applications.
C, Si

91 F91 (UNS K91560) X X Chrome Moly alloy typically used in power plant, boiler and turbine applications.
Cr 9%, Mo 1%, V

Ceramics and Composite Materials

CATALOG TYPICAL AREAS OF USE


MATERIAL MATERIAL/ COMPOSITION MGO PROT. DRILLED APPLICATION GUIDELINE INFORMATION
CODE TUBING
SHEATHS TUBES WELLS
12 METAL CERAMIC LT-1 X Up to 1374 °C [2500 °F] in oxidizing conditions. Main areas of usage
(slip cast composite of chromium are molten copper base alloys to 1149 °C [2100 °F], blast furnace and
and aluminum oxide,) 77% stack gases to 1316 °C [2400 °F], Sulfur burners to 1093 °C [2000 °F],
chromium, 23% aluminum oxide cement kilns to 1204 °C [2200 °F], chemical process reactors to 1371
°C [2500 °F]. A ceramic primary tube is required when a noble metal
thermocouple is used.
13 VESUVIUS X Up to 927 °C [1700 °F]. For use in aluminum and other non-ferrous
metals. Not wetted by molten aluminum and other non-ferrous metals.
No contamination. Resists thermal and mechanical shock. Brittle after
heating. Handle carefully.
14 CERITE®-II (Cast oxide composites) X Up to 1093 °C [2000 °F]. For submerged use in aluminum and other
non-ferrous metals. Not wetted by molten aluminum and other non-
ferrous metals. No contamination. Good thermal and mechanical shock
resistance.
15 CERITE®-III (Cast oxide composites) X Up to 1093 °C [2000 °F]. For submerged use in aluminum and other
non-ferrous metals. Not wetted by molten aluminum and other non-
ferrous metals. No contamination. Good thermal and mechanical shock
resistance.
16 MULLITE X Up to 1510 °C [2750 °F] when supported. Has poor mechanical shock
63% alumina resistance, good thermal shock resistance. For barium chloride salt
baths to 1288 °C [2350 °F]. Should be vertical mounted or supported if
horizontal. For high temperature applications of ceramic industry, heat
treating, glass manufacture. Impervious to gases at high temperature.
17 ALUMINA® X Up to 1889 °C [3400 °F] when supported. Has only fair resistance
(Recrystallized 99.7% AL2O3) to thermal and mechanical shock. Essentially same areas as Mullite
including induction melting, vacuum furnaces. Impervious to gases at
high temperatures.
18 SILICON CARBIDE X Up to 1650 °C [3000 °F]. For an outer protection tube with Alumina®
90% silicon carbide, 9% silicon dioxide, or mullite primary tube. For brick and ceramic kilns, steel soaking pits,
balance aluminum oxide molten non-ferrous metals. Can withstand direct flame impingement.
Fair thermal shock resistance. Approximately 14% porosity.
19 HEXOLOY® SA X Up to 1650 °C [3000 °F] in air. High thermal conductivity, excellent
sintered alpha, silicon carbide wear and abrasion resistance, high thermal shock resistance, and good
mechanical strength. Superior chemical resistance in both reducing
and oxidizing environments. Attacked by Halides, fused caustics, and
ferrous metals.
71 RECRYSTALLIZED SILICON CARBIDE X Up to 1600 °C [2912 °F] in oxidizing atmosphere, and 2000 °C [3632 °F]
(Halsic R) in a vacuum atmosphere. Used as a outer protection tube in hot stack
99% silicon emissions, combustion chambers, chemical reactors, and incineration
of medical, municipal, and industrial waste. Can withstand direct flame
impingement, has excellent thermal shock characteristics, and excellent
corrosion resistance. A ceramic inner tube is required when used with
noble metal thermocouples.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

35-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-13
General Corrosive Service Guide

CORROSIVE SERVICE GUIDE TO MATERIALS FOR SHEATHS and THERMOWELLS


Refer to A.S.M.E. Boiler Code, Section VIII for allowable stress levels
(Teflon® coated thermowells and/or Teflon® sheaths may be substituted for all corrosive agents listed)
CORROSIVE AGENT TEMP TEMP CONC RECOM. TEMP TEMP CONC RECOM.
ºC °F % MATERIAL CORROSIVE AGENT ºC °F % MATERIAL
Acetic Acid (Glacial) 199 [390] ALL 316 SS Chlorine (Gas) 93 [200] ALL Monel
Acetic Acid 143 [290] 80% Hast. C 199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1]
199 [390] 50% 316 SS Chlorine (Gas - Moist) 66 [150] ALL Hast C
143 [290] 80% Carp. 20 [1]
Chloroacetic Acid 182 [360] ALL Hast. B
Acetic Anhydride 132 [270] ALL Hast. C Chloroform 93 [200] ALL Nickel
199 [390] ALL 316 SS [1]
93 [200] ALL Carp. 20[1]
Acetone 199 [390] ALL 316 SS Chromic Acid 93 [200] 50% Titanium
Acetylene 199 [390] ALL 304 SS 93 [200] 50% Hast. C[1]
Alcohol, Ethyl 93 [200] ALL Hast. C Citric Acid 127 [260] ALL Hast. C
199 [390] ALL 316 SS [1]
93 [200] ALL Carp. 20[1]
Aluminum Chloride (Aqueous) 143 [290] ALL Hast. B Copper Chloride 88 [190] ALL Titanium
143 [290] ALL Nickel [1]
88 [190] ALL Hast. C[1]
Aluminum Nitrate (Saturated) 93 [200] ALL 446 SS Copper Nitrate 149 [300] ALL 304 SS
88 [190] ALL 316 SS [1]
Copper Sulfate 93 [200] ALL Hast. C
Aluminum Sulfate (Saturated) 93 [200] ALL Titanium 199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1]
93 [200] ALL 316 SS [1]
Corn Oil 238 [460] ALL TFE
Ammonia (Anhydrous) 293 [560] ALL 316 SS 193 [380] ALL FEP
Ammonia (Gas) 93 [200] ALL 304 SS 171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1]
Ammonium Chloride 88 [190] ALL Titanium Crude Oil 93 [200] ALL 304 SS
293 [560] ALL Nickel [1]
Cyanogen Gas 238 [460] ALL TFE
71 [160] 50% Nickel 193 [380] ALL FEP
Ammonium Hydroxide 27 [80] ALL Steel 171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1]
82 [180] ALL Steel [1]
Ether 88 [190] ALL 304 SS
Ammonium Nitrate 93 [200] ALL Carp. 20 Ethyl Acetate 93 [200] ALL Titanium
Ammonium Sulfate 93 [200] SAT. Hast. B 199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1]
143 [290] SAT. 304 SS[1] Ethyl Chloride (Dry) 293 [560] ALL 316 SS
93 [200] 10 - 40% Titanium Ethylene Glycol 93 [200] ALL Carp. 20
199 [390] 10 - 40% 316 SS[1] 93 [200] ALL 304 SS[1]
Amyl Acetate 143 [290] ALL 304 SS Ethylene Oxide 21 [70] ALL Hast. C
Aniline 254 [490] ALL 304 SS 199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1]
Barium Chloride (Saturated) 93 [200] ALL Hast. C Fatty Acids 199 [390] ALL 316 SS
293 [560] ALL Inconel[1] Ferric Chloride 143 [290] ALL Titanium
Barium Hydroxide (Saturated) 104 [220] 50% Carp. 20 27 [80] ALL Hast. C[1]
199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1] Ferric Sulfate 49 [120] ALL Carp. 20
Beer 88 [190] 304 SS 88 [190] 10% 316 SS
Benzene (Benzol) 104 [220] ALL Carp. 20 Ferrous Sulfate 27 [80] Titanium
104 [220] ALL 304 SS[1] 93 [200] ALL 304 SS[1]
Benzoic Acid 199 [390] ALL Titanium Formaldehyde 49 [120] ALL 304 SS
199 [390] ALL 304 SS [1]
49-293 [120-560] 50% 304 SS[1]
Black Liquor 238 [460] ALL TFE Formic Acid (Anhydrous) 93 [200] 50% Carp. 20
193 [380] ALL FEP Freon (F-11) 204 [400] ALL Monel
93 [200] ALL Carp. 20 [1]
204 [400] ALL 316 SS[1]
Bleach (Active Chlorine) 60 [140] 12.5% Hast. C Furfural 199 [390] ALL Nickel
Borax 199 [390] ALL 316 SS 199 [390] ALL 304 SS[1]
Boric Acid 293 [560] ALL Hast. C Gallic Acid 238 [460] ALL TFE
93 [200] ALL Nickel [1]
193 [380] ALL FEP
Brine Acid 60 [140] ALL Hast. C 199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1]
27 [80] ALL Brass [1]
Gasoline (Unleaded) 154 [310] ALL Hast. C
Bromine (Liquid) 293 [560] ALL Tantalum 16 [60] 446 SS
93 [200] ALL Aluminum [1]
171 [340] Steel[1]
Butane 171 [340] ALL Steel 238 [460] TFE
Butyl Acetate 93 [200] ALL Titanium Gasoline (Refined) 193 [380] FEP
188 [370] ALL 316 SS [1]
88 [190] Steel[1]
Butyl Alcohol 199 [390] ALL 316 SS 27 [80] ALL Nickel
Butyric Acid 143 [290] ALL Carp. 20 Glucose 193 [380] ALL 316 SS[1]
199 [390] ALL 316 SS [1]
27 [80] ALL Hast. B
Calcium Bisulfite 93 [200] ALL TFE Glue 60 [140] ALL Steel[1]
193 [380] ALL FEP 127 [260] ALL 304 SS
171 [340] ALL 316 SS [1]
Glycerine 88 [190] 50% Titanium
Calcium Chlorate 238 [460] ALL TFE Hydrobromic Acid 121 [250] 50% Hast. B[1]
193 [380] ALL FEP 60 [140] 38% Hast. B
93 [200] ALL 316 SS[1] Hydrochloric Acid 238 [460] ALL TFE
Calcium Chloride (Saturated) 171 [340] ALL Hast. C Hydrocyanic Acid 193 [380] ALL FEP
93 [200] ALL Carp. 20[1] 171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1]
Calcium Hydroxide 93 [200] 50% Hast. C 238 [460] ALL TFE
88 [190] SAT. 304 SS[1] Hydroflouric Acid 193 [380] ALL FEP
Carbonic Acid 293 [560] ALL Carp. 20 93 [200] ALL Hast. C[1]
171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1] 293 [560] ALL Carp. 20
Carbon Dioxide (Dry) 427 [800] ALL Brass Hydrogen Chloride (Gas, Dry) 38 [100] ALL 304 SS
Carbonated Beverages 100 [212] ALL 304 SS Hydrogen Flouride (Dry) 199 [390] ALL 304 SS[1]
Carbon Disulfide 93 [200] ALL Titanium 88 [190] 90% Hast. C
199 [390] ALL 316 SS[1] Hydrogen Peroxide 71 [160] ALL 316 SS
Carbon Tetrachloride 93 [200] ALL 304 SS Hydrogen Sulfide (Dry) 293 [560] ALL 316 SS

All materials listed are rated < 2 Mils penetration/Year except as noted: [1] = < 20 Mils penetration/Year

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-14 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 190-4
General Corrosive Service Guide

CORROSIVE SERVICE GUIDE TO MATERIALS FOR SHEATHS and THERMOWELLS


Refer to A.S.M.E. Boiler Code, Section VIII for allowable stress levels
(Teflon coated thermowells and/or Teflon sheaths may be substituted for all corrosive agents listed)
TEMP TEMP CONC RECOM. TEMP TEMP CONC RECOM.
CORROSIVE AGENT °C °F % MATERIAL CORROSIVE AGENT °C °F % MATERIAL
Iodine 83 [190] ALL Hast. C Sea Water (Cavitation) 316 SS
21 [70] ALL Nickel Soap Solutions 16 [60] ALL 446 SS
Kerosene 238 [460] ALL TFE 54 [130] ALL Nickel[1]
193 [380] ALL FEP Sodium Bicarbonate 171 [340] 20% 316 SS
171 [340] Steel[1] Sodium Bisulfite 71 [160] 10% 316 SS
Ketones 32 [90] ALL Hast. C 93 [200] 10 - 40% Carp. 20
[1]
127 [260] ALL 316 SS Sodium Carbonate 93 [200] 30% Carp. 20
Lactic Acid 154 [310] ALL Titanium 293 [560] 10-100% Hast. B[1]
[1]
116 [240] ALL Hast. B Sodium Chloride 27 [80] 30% Nickel
Lime (Sulfur) 238 [460] ALL TFE Sodium Flouride 71 [160] ALL Monel
193 [380] ALL FEP 77 [170] ALL Carp. 20[1]
[1]
154 [310] ALL 316 SS Sodium Hydroxide 104 [220] ALL Monel
Linseed Oil 60 [140] ALL Carp. 20 71 [160] ALL 316 SS[1]
[1]
27 [80] ALL Steel Sodium Nitrate 171 [340] 60% 316 SS
Magnesium Chloride 143 [290] ALL Nickel Sodium Nitrite 93 [200] Saturated Titanium
[1]
88 [190] 50% Carp. 20 93 [200] 40% 304 SS[1]
Magnesium Hydroxide 93 [200] ALL 304 SS Sodium Peroxide 16 [60] 10% 446 SS
Magnesium Sulfate 93 [200] 60% Nickel 171 [340] 10% 316 SS[1]
171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1] Sodium Phosphate Acid 93 [200] ALL Titanium
Mercuric Chloride 143 [290] ALL Tantalum 93 [200] ALL 304 SS[1]
[1]
77 [170] 10% Hast. C Sodium Silicate 27 [80] ALL 446 SS[1]
Mercury 293 [560] ALL 304 SS 166 [330] ALL 316 SS[1]
Methyl Chloride (Dry) 171 [340] ALL 316 SS Sodium Sulfate 199 [390] ALL 316 SS
Methylene Chloride 93 [200] ALL Carp. 20 Sodium Sulfide 238 [460] 50% TFE
Milk 93 [200] 304 SS 193 [380] 50% FEP
Naphtha 16 [60] ALL 446 SS 93 [200] 50% 316 SS[1]
[1]
116 [240] ALL 304 SS Sodium Sulfite 93 [200] 10% 304 SS
Natural Gas 238 [460] TFE Sodium Thiosulfate 16 [60] 25% 446 SS
193 [380] FEP 116 [240] ALL 316 SS[1]
[1]
43 [110] Steel Steam (Low Pressure) Inconel
Nickel Chloride 93 [200] 80% Hast. C 304 SS[1]
Nickel Sulfate 82 [180] 10% Tantalum (Medium Pressure) Nickel
93 [200] ALL 304 SS[1] 304 SS[1]
Nitric Acid 21 [70] ALL 304 SS (High Pressure) 316 SS[1]
93 [200] 40% 304 SS Sulfur 293 [560] ALL 304 SS
Nitrobenzene 143 [290] ALL Carp. 20 871 [1600] ALL Alloy 556
[1]
171 [340] ALL 316 SS Sulfur Chloride (Dry) 32 [90] ALL Tantalum
Oleic Acid 138 [280] ALL 316 SS 293 [560] ALL Nickel[1]
Oleum 49 [120] 40% Hast. C Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) 49 [120] ALL Steel
116 [240] ALL 316 SS[1] 293 [560] ALL 316 SS[1]
Oxalic Acid 93 [200] ALL Tantalum Sulfur Trioxide (Dry) 238 [460] ALL TFE
93 [200] ALL Carp. 20[1] 193 [380] ALL FEP
Oxygen 271 [520] ALL Tantalum 293 [560] ALL 304 SS[1]
16 [60] ALL 446 SS Sulfuric Acid 38 [100] 100% Carp. 20
171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1] 121 [250] 60% Hast. B
Palmitic Acid 238 [460] ALL TFE Sulfurous Acid 71 [160] ALL Titanium
193 [380] ALL FEP 177 [350] ALL Carp. 20[1]
[1]
199 [390] ALL 304 SS Tannic Acid 93 [200] 10 - 20% Titanium
Phenol (Carbolic Acid) 293 [560] ALL 316 SS 93 [200] ALL 304 SS[1]
Phosphoric Acid 93 [200] 50-85% Hast. C Tartaric Acid 199 [390] ALL 304 SS
Phosphoric 43 [110] 50-85% Carp. 20 Titanium Tetrachloride 27 [80] ALL Carp. 20
171 [340] ALL 316 SS 138 [280] ALL Titanium
Phosphoric Solutions 27 [80] ALL Titanium Toluene (Toluol) 171 [340] ALL Steel
Picric Acid 21 [70] ALL Aluminum 93 [200] ALL 304 SS
[1]
199 [390] ALL 316 SS Trichloroacetic Acid 238 [460] ALL TFE
Potassium Bromide 93 [200] 30% Titanium 193 [380] ALL FEP
93 [200] 30% 446 SS 93 [200] ALL Hast. C[1]
Potassium Carbonate 93 [200] 50% 304 SS Trichloroethylene 71 [160] ALL Inconel
Potassium Chlorate 171 [340] 30% 316 SS Turpentine 88 [190] ALL 304 SS
Potassium Hydroxide 93 [200] 50% Nickel Whiskey and Wine ALL 304 SS
Potassium Nitrate 171 [340] 80% Aluminum Xylene (Xylol) 88 [190] ALL 446 SS
[1]
277 [530] 80% 446 SS Zinc Chloride 82 [180] to 70% Titanium
Potassium Permanganate 21 [70] 20% Hast C. 293 [560] ALL Hast. B[1]
[1]
171 [340] 20% 316 SS Zinc Sulfate 93 [200] SAT. 316 SS
Potassium Sulfate 171 [340] 10% 316 SS
Propane 60 [140] ALL 446 SS
27 [80] ALL Brass
Pyrogallic Acid 27 [80] ALL Copper Reprinted with permission: Scheitzer/Corrosion Resistance Tables 4th
171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1] Edition, Revised and Expanded. ISBN 0-8247-9590-3, Marcel Dekker,
Salicylic Acid 116 [240] ALL Hast. C Inc., N.Y. 1995
171 [340] ALL 316 SS[1]
Sea Water (Stagnant) Monel
All materials listed are rated < 2 Mils penetration/Year except as noted: [1] = < 20 Mils penetration/Year

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

191-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GEN-15
General Fahrenheit and Celsius Conversion Chart

Read known temperature in bold face type. Corresponding temperature in degree Fahrenheit will be found in column to
the right. Corresponding temperature in degree Celsius will be found in column to the left.

INTERPOLATION FACTORS TEMPERATURE CONVERSION FORMULA


o o o o
C F C F
°C = (°F - 32) ÷ 1.8
0.56 - 1 - 1.8 3.33 - 6 - 10.8
1.11 - 2 - 3.6 3.89 - 7 - 12.6
°F = (°C x 1.8) + 32
1.67 - 3 - 5.4 4.44 - 8 - 14.4
2.22 - 4 - 7.2 5.00 - 9 - 16.2
2.78 - 5 - 9.0 5.56 - 10 - 18.0

0 to 100 100 to 1000 1000 to 2000 2000 to 3000


o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
C F C F C F C F C F C F C F C F
-17.8 0 32. 10.0 50 122.0 38 100 212 260 500 932 538 1000 1832 816 1500 2732 1093 2000 3632 1371 2500 4532
-17.8 1 33.8 10.6 51 123.8 43 110 230 266 510 950 543 1010 1850 821 1510 2750 1099 2010 3650 1377 2510 4550
-16.7 2 35.6 11.1 52 125.6 49 120 248 271 520 968 549 1020 1868 827 1520 2768 1104 2020 3668 1382 2520 4568
-16.1 3 37.4 11.7 53 127.4 54 130 266 277 530 986 554 1030 1886 832 1530 2786 1110 2030 3686 1388 2530 4586
-15.6 4 39.2 12.2 54 129.2 60 140 284 282 540 1004 560 1040 1904 838 1540 2804 1116 2040 3704 1393 2540 4604
-15.0 5 41.0 12.8 55 131.0 66 150 302 288 550 1022 566 1050 1922 843 1550 2822 1121 2050 3722 1399 2550 4622
-14.4 6 42.8 13.3 56 132.8 71 160 320 293 560 1040 571 1060 1940 849 1560 2840 1127 2060 3740 1404 2560 4640
-13.9 7 44.6 13.9 57 134.6 77 170 338 299 570 1058 577 1070 1958 854 1570 2858 1132 2070 3758 1410 2570 4658
-13.3 8 46.4 14.4 58 136.4 82 180 356 304 580 1076 582 1080 1976 860 1580 2876 1138 2080 3776 1416 2580 4676
-12.8 9 48.2 15.0 59 138.2 88 190 374 310 590 1094 588 1090 1994 866 1590 2894 1143 2090 3794 1421 2590 4694
-12.2 10 50.0 15.6 60 140.0 93 200 392 316 600 1112 593 1100 2012 871 1600 2912 1149 2100 3812 1427 2600 4712
-11.7 11 51.8 16.1 61 141.8 99 210 410 321 610 1130 599 1110 2030 877 1610 2930 1154 2110 3830 1432 2610 4730
-11.1 12 53.6 16.7 62 143.6 100 212 413 327 620 1148 604 1120 2048 882 1620 2948 1160 2120 3848 1438 2620 4748
-10.6 13 55.4 17.2 63 145.4 104 220 428 332 630 1166 610 1130 2066 888 1630 2966 1166 2130 3866 1443 2630 4766
-10.0 14 57.2 17.8 64 147.2 110 230 446 338 640 1184 616 1140 2084 893 1640 2984 1171 2140 3884 1449 2640 4784
-9.44 15 59.0 18.3 65 149.0 116 240 464 343 650 1202 621 1150 2102 899 1650 3002 1177 2150 3902 1454 2650 4802
-8.89 16 60.8 18.9 66 150.8 121 250 482 349 660 1220 627 1160 2120 904 1660 3020 1182 2160 3920 1460 2660 4820
-8.33 17 62.6 19.4 67 152.6 127 260 500 354 670 1238 632 1170 2138 910 1670 3038 1188 2170 3938 1466 2670 4838
-7.78 18 64.4 20.0 68 154.4 132 270 518 360 680 1256 638 1180 2156 916 1680 3056 1193 2180 3956 1471 2680 4856
-7.22 19 66.2 20.6 69 156.2 138 280 536 366 690 1274 643 1190 2174 921 1690 3074 1199 2190 3974 1477 2690 4874
-6.67 20 68.0 21.1 70 158.0 143 290 554 371 700 1292 649 1200 2192 927 1700 3092 1204 2200 3992 1482 2700 4892
-6.11 21 69.8 21.7 71 159.8 149 300 572 377 710 1310 654 1210 2210 932 1710 3110 1210 2210 4010 1488 2710 4910
-5.56 22 71.6 22.2 72 161.6 154 310 590 382 720 1328 660 1220 2228 938 1720 3128 1216 2220 4028 1493 2720 4928
-5.00 23 73.4 22.8 73 163.4 160 320 608 388 730 1346 666 1230 2246 943 1730 3146 1221 2230 4046 1499 2730 4946
-4.44 24 75.2 23.3 74 165.2 166 330 626 393 740 1364 671 1240 2264 949 1740 3164 1227 2240 4064 1504 2740 4964
-3.89 25 77.0 23.9 75 167.0 171 340 644 399 750 1382 677 1250 2282 954 1750 3182 1232 2250 4082 1510 2750 4982
-3.33 26 78.8 24.4 76 168.8 177 350 662 404 760 1400 682 1260 2300 960 1760 3200 1238 2260 4100 1516 2760 5000
-2.78 27 80.6 25.0 77 170.6 182 360 680 410 770 1418 688 1270 2318 966 1770 3218 1243 2270 4118 1521 2770 5018
-2.22 28 82.4 25.6 78 172.4 188 370 698 416 780 1436 693 1280 2336 971 1780 3236 1249 2280 4136 1527 2780 5036
-1.67 29 84.2 26.1 79 174.2 193 380 716 421 790 1454 699 1290 2354 977 1790 3254 1254 2290 4154 1532 2790 5054
-1.11 30 86.0 26.7 80 176.0 199 390 734 427 800 1472 704 1300 2372 982 1800 3272 1260 2300 4172 1538 2800 5072
-0.56 31 87.8 27.2 81 177.8 204 400 752 432 810 1490 710 1310 2390 988 1810 3290 1266 2310 4190 1543 2810 5090
0 32 89.6 27.8 82 179.6 210 410 770 438 820 1508 716 1320 2408 993 1820 3308 1271 2320 4208 1549 2820 5108
0.56 33 91.4 28.3 83 181.4 216 420 788 443 830 1526 721 1330 2426 999 1830 3326 1277 2330 4226 1554 2830 5126
1.11 34 93.2 28.9 84 183.2 221 430 806 449 840 1544 727 1340 2444 1004 1840 3344 1282 2340 4244 1560 2840 5144
1.67 35 95.0 29.4 85 185.0 227 440 824 454 850 1562 732 1350 2462 1010 1850 3362 1288 2350 4262 1566 2850 5162
2.22 36 96.8 30.0 86 186.8 232 450 842 460 860 1580 738 1360 2480 1016 1860 3380 1293 2360 4280 1571 2860 5180
2.78 37 98.6 30.6 87 188.6 238 460 860 466 870 1598 743 1370 2498 1021 1870 3398 1299 2370 4298 1577 2870 5198
3.33 38 100.4 31.1 88 190.4 243 470 878 471 880 1616 749 1380 2516 1027 1880 3416 1304 2380 4316 1582 2880 5216
3.89 39 102.2 31.7 89 192.2 249 480 896 477 890 1634 754 1390 2534 1032 1890 3434 1310 2390 4334 1588 2890 5234
4.44 40 104.0 32.2 90 194.0 254 490 914 482 900 1652 760 1400 2552 1038 1900 3452 1316 2400 4352 1593 2900 5252
5.00 41 105.8 32.8 91 195.8 488 910 1670 766 1410 2570 1043 1910 3470 1321 2410 4370 1599 2910 5270
5.56 42 107.6 33.3 92 197.6 493 920 1688 771 1420 2588 1049 1920 3488 1327 2420 4388 1604 2920 5288
6.11 43 109.4 33.9 93 199.4 499 930 1706 777 1430 2606 1054 1930 3506 1332 2430 4406 1610 2930 5306
6.67 44 111.2 34.4 94 201.2 504 940 1724 782 1440 2624 1060 1940 3524 1338 2440 4424 1616 2940 5324
7.22 45 113.0 35.0 95 203.0 510 950 1742 788 1450 2642 1066 1950 3542 1343 2450 4442 1621 2950 5342
7.78 46 114.8 35.6 96 204.8 516 960 1760 793 1460 2660 1071 1960 3560 1349 2460 4460 1627 2960 5360
8.33 47 116.6 36.1 97 206.6 521 970 1778 799 1470 2678 1077 1970 3578 1354 2470 4478 1632 2970 5378
8.89 48 118.4 36.7 98 208.4 527 980 1796 804 1480 2696 1082 1980 3596 1360 2480 4496 1638 2980 5396
9.44 49 120.2 37.2 99 210.2 532 990 1814 810 1490 2714 1088 1990 3614 1366 2490 4514 1643 2990 5414
37.8 100 212.0 538 1000 1832 1093 2000 3632 1649 3000 5432

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GEN-16 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 38-5
Configuration Code ID01
Industrial Straight Base Metal Thermocouple Elements

The straight base metal thermocouple elements illustrated on this catalog page are replacement elements for use in Pyromation's
complete industrial thermocouple assemblies as found elsewhere in this catalog section. These replacement elements are also
compatible for use in other manufacturers' thermocouple assemblies. These thermocouples are available as bare wire or ceramic
insulated elements, with options as listed below, and with special construction designs.
BARE ELEMENT INSULATED JUNCTION

INSULATED ELEMENT
TWIST WELD

DUPLEX INSULATED
TIG WELD

1 1/2”
“X” NOMINAL

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4

Example Order Number: K8 C M - 24 - 1,341


1 Single Straight Element Type 4 Element Options

CODE CODE DESCRIPTION


DESCRIPTION
(Type + Wire Gauge) 0 Standard weld as noted below
J8 J11 J14 J20 Iron - Constantan Twist and tig weld
1
K8 K11 K14 K20 Chromel - Alumel (not available with 8 gauge duplex)

N8 N14 Nicrosil - Nisil 2 Tig weld without twist


DUPLEX STRAIGHT ELEMENTS L Insulated hot junction
Use thermocouple type code letter twice. Example: JJ14 or KK11. 341 Single terminal block on element
Dual elements with ceramic insulators are supplied as two single
342 Duplex terminal block on element
elements.
Unless specified by option numbers above,
2 Element Insulation all 8, 11, and 14 gauge elements will be
INSULATOR DIMENSIONS provided with Opt. 2 (tig weld without twist).
WIRE (inches) 20 gauge elements will be provided with Opt.
CODE DESCRIPTION
GAUGE 1 (twist and tig weld).
SINGLE DUPLEX
All elements, regardless of gauge, over 96"
O Bare Element None Used will be supplied with Option 1 (twist and tig
8 Ga. 0.500 x 0.281 weld).

C Oval Ceramic 11 Ga. 0.375 x 0.218 3 Element “X” Length


14 Ga. 0.313 x 0.188 LENGTH LENGTH
(inches) (inches)
8 Ga. 0.465 OD 0.500 OD
12 30
11 Ga. 0.465 OD 0.500 OD
R Round Ceramic 18 36
14 Ga. 0.250 OD 0.320 OD
24
20 Ga. 0.150 OD 0.188 OD
Specify other lengths in 1 inch
The above insulated elements are supplied with refractory increments.
insulators: 1277 °C [2330 °F] maximum temperature.
Actual cut length will be 1(1/2)"
Element Options longer than specified length to
CODE DESCRIPTION allow for terminal connections.

M Special limits wire - types J and K (consult factory for other types)

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

2-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-1
Configuration Code ID01
Industrial Angle Base Metal Thermocouple Elements

The angle base metal thermocouple elements illustrated on this catalog page are replacement elements for use in
Pyromation's complete angle thermocouple assemblies as found elsewhere in this catalog section. These replacement
elements are also compatible for use in other manufacturers' angle thermocouple assemblies. These thermocouples
are available with the options listed below and with special construction designs. These replacement elements are
shipped in a straight configuration and are to be bent at the time of installation.
“X” 1 1/2”
NOMINAL
4” TYPICAL
COLD LEG INSULATED JUNCTION

TWIST WELD
H
O
“X” T
TIG WELD
L
E
G

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5

Example Order Number: K8 A - 12 - 18 - 1, L, 341

1 Single Angle Element Type 5 Element Options


CODE (Type + Wire Gauge) DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
J8 J11 J14 Iron - Constantan 0 Standard weld as noted below
K8 K11 K14 Chromel - Alumel 1 Twist and tig weld
N8 N14 Nicrosil - Nisil 2 Tig weld without twist
DUPLEX ANGLE ELEMENTS L Insulated hot junction
Requires the use of 2 single elements. 341 Single terminal block on element
342 Duplex terminal block on element
2 Element Insulation
Unless specified by option numbers above, all 8, 11,
INSULATOR
and 14 gauge elements will be provided with Opt. 2
WIRE DIMENSIONS (tig weld without twist).
CODE INSULATOR DESCRIPTION
GAUGE (inches) All elements, regardless of gauge, over 96" will be
SINGLE supplied with Option 1 (twist and tig weld).
Two hole oval ceramic insulators 8 Ga. 0.500 x 0.281
A on hot and cold legs. Ball and 11 Ga. 0.500 x 0.286 4 Cold Leg “X” Length
socket insulators at bend 14 Ga. 0.375 x 0.218 LENGTH LENGTH
The above insulated elements are supplied with refractory insulators: (inches) (inches)
1277 ºC [2330 ºF] maximum temperature. 12 30
Element Options
18 36
CODE DESCRIPTION
24
Special limits wire - types J and K (consult factory for other
M Specify other lengths in 1 inch
types)
increments.
Actual cut length will be 1(1/2)”
3 Hot Leg “X” Length
longer than specified length to
LENGTH LENGTH allow for terminal connections.
(inches) (inches)
12 30
18 36
24 Specify Other Lengths

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 3-6
Configuration Code ID02
Industrial Noble Metal Platinum Thermocouple Elements

The noble metal platinum thermocouple elements illustrated on this catalog page are replacement elements for use in
Pyromation's complete high temperature industrial thermocouple assemblies as found elsewhere in this catalog section.
These replacement elements are also compatible for use in other manufacturers' high temperature thermocouple
assemblies. All insulated elements are supplied with high temperature alumina insulators and are available with the
options as listed below. Element types R, S, and B are supplied with a fusion weld. Custom designed constructions
are available.

INSULATED ELEMENT without COLLAR INSULATED ELEMENT with COLLAR


(supplied with recessed junction as standard)

“X” 2”
“X” 2” NOMINAL
NOMINAL Note: Elements supplied with collars are intended to be used with
Note: Elements supplied without collars are intended to ceramic tubes with hex fittings.
be used with ceramic tubes that are not supplied with hex
fittings.

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4

Example Order Number: R24 R - 18 - 3

1 Single Straight Element Type 4 Element Options


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
(Type + Wire Gauge)
3 Supplied without ceramic collar
R24 R26 Platinum - Platinum 13% Rhodium
L Recessed insulated hot junction
S24 S26 Platinum - Platinum 10% Rhodium
Platinum - 30% Rhodium - Platinum
B24 3 Element “X” Length
6% Rhodium
DUPLEX STRAIGHT ELEMENTS LENGTH LENGTH
(inches) (inches)
Use thermocouple type code letter twice.
EXAMPLES: RR24 or SS26 12 30
18 36
2 Element Insulation
INSULATOR 24
INSULATOR WIRE DIMENSIONS Specify other lengths in 1
CODE (inches) inch increments.
DESCRIPTION GAUGE
SINGLE and DUPLEX
O Uninsulated Bare Element None
Round, 99.7% Alumina 0.188 OD w 0.535
24
Insulator (4-hole, single OD Collar
R
and duplex) 1871 ºC 0.188 OD w 0.535
[3400 ºF] maximum temp. 26
OD Collar
Element Options
CODE DESCRIPTION
M Reference grade (consult factory for other types)

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

4-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-3
Configuration Code ID03
Industrial Standard Service Metal Alloy Protection Tubes

The thermocouple protection tubes illustrated on this catalog page are replacement tubes for Pyromation’s complete thermocouple
assemblies as found elsewhere in this catalog section. They are compatible replacements for other manufacturers’ protection tubes.
The materials of construction are those most commonly used in general purpose industrial process heating applications. These
protection tubes are available with the options as listed below, with other pipe schedule sizes, and they can be supplied with custom
designed constructions. Note: Welded bushings will be welded at maximum length possible when X and U dimensions are
specified as the same length. Actual U dimension will be 1 to 2 inches shorter than specified depending on bushing size.

TUBE with OPTIONAL WELDED BUSHING


“U”
TUBE with FLANGE OPTION
CODE H

“X”
TUBE with TEMPERATURE
CHECK FITTING

“X”

“X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: 8-50 - 18 - 8D16


2 Tube “X”
1 Protection Tube NPT Connections Length 3 Protection Tube Options
NPT SIZE LENGTH CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE PIPE SCHED.[1]
(inches) (inches) A Open end tube (closed end standard)
º
CARBON STEEL 538 ºC [1000 F] Max. 12 H Adjustable steel mounting flange
6 - 25 1/4 40 18 NT Supplied without threads
6 - 50 1/2 40 24 6Y Steel temperature check fitting
6 - 75 3/4 40 30
Optional Welded Bushings
6 - 100 1 40 36
CODE DESCRIPTION
316 SS 927 ºC [1700 ºF] Max. Specify other
lengths in 1 inch STEEL 316 SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
8 - 25 1/4 40
increments. 1/2 NPT Bushing
8 - 50 1/2 40 6C(U) 8C(U)
(25 tubes only)
8 - 75 3/4 40
3/4 NPT Bushing
8 - 100 1 40 6D(U) 8D(U)
(25 and 50 tubes only)
446 SS 1093 ºC [2000 ºF] Max.
1 NPT Bushing
5 - 50 1/2 40 6E(U) 8E(U)
(25, 50, and 75 tubes only)
5 - 75 3/4 40 6F(U) 8F(U) 1(1/4) NPT Bushing
INCONEL 600 1149 ºC [2100 ºF] Max. 6G(U) 8G(U) 1(1/2) NPT Bushing
3 - 50 1/2 40 Substitute insertion length, in inches,
3 - 75 3/4 40 measured from hot tip to bottom of bushing
INCONEL 601 1260 ºC [2300 ºF] Max. for (U) above. Insert NW in place of insertion
length (U) for bushing supplied loose on tube.
7 - 50 1/2 40
7 - 75 3/4 40 Metal Alloy Tube Dimensions
7 - 100 1 40 PIPE SCH. SCH. SCH.
SIZE OD 40 ID 80 ID 160 ID
[1] Schedule 80 and 160 are available in some (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
alloys as special order items.
Consult factory for price and delivery. 1/4 0.540 0.364 0.302
1/2 0.840 0.622 0.546 0.466
3/4 1.050 0.824 0.742 0.612
1 1.315 1.049 0.957 0.815

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 5-7
Configuration Code ID04
Industrial Special Service Protection Tubes

The protection tubes listed below are designed for use in high temperature corrosive service applications. The Series 41 protection tubes are
used in waste incineration, cement and lime kilns, utility and recovery boilers, fluidized bed combustion systems, and other harsh process
environments when high levels of sulphur, chlorides, ash, and salt deposits are commonly found. The Series 12 protection tubes are also
excellent choices for use in waste incineration, immersion into molten copper, brass, basic steels and slag, and for use in open hearth
furnaces, soaking pits, and blast furnace applications. Note: Welded bushings will be welded at maximum length possible when X
and U dimensions are specified as the same length. Actual U dimension will be 1 to 2 inches shorter than specified depending
on bushing size.
TUBECODE 12 (see note below) TUBE CODE 41 with FLANGE
“U” OPTION CODE H
1” x 3/4”
Steel Hex Fitting
Standard.
No optional
“X” welded bushings
Note: Series 12 tubes “U” dimensions are fixed are necessary. “X”
at approximately 1” less than specified “X”
length.

TUBE with TEMPERATURE TUBE CODE 41 with OPTIONAL BUSHING


CHECK FITTING “U”

“X” “X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: 41-75 - 18 - 8E16

1 Protection Tube 2 Tube “X”


NPT Connections Length 3 Protection Tube Options
NPT LENGTH CODE DESCRIPTION
PIPE
CODE SIZE (inches) A Open end tube (closed end standard)
SCHED.
(inches)
12 H Adjustable steel mounting flange
HR-160 1204 ºC [2200 ºF] Max.
18 NT Supplied without threads
41-50 1/2 40
24 6Y Steel temperature check fitting
41-75 3/4 40
30
41-100 1 40 Optional Welded Bushings For Series 41
36
LT-1 1371 ºC [2500 ºF] Max. CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify
0.875” OD other lengths STEEL 316 SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
12-75 n/a
0.625” ID in 1 inch 3/4 NPT Bushing
6D(U) 8D(U)
increments. (50 tubes only)
1 NPT Bushing
6E(U) 8E(U)
(50 and 75 tubes only)
6F(U) 8F(U) 1(1/4) NPT Bushing
6G(U) 8G(U) 1(1/2) NPT Bushing
Substitute insertion length, in inches, measured
from hot tip to bottom of bushing for (U) above.
Insert NW in place of insertion length (U) for bushing
supplied loose on tube.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

6-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-5
Configuration Code ID04
Industrial Special Service Protection Tubes

The Series 11, 13, and 14 protection tubes are used to protect thermocouple elements in molten aluminum and zinc applications
such as diecasting, melting, smelting, and high temperature holding furnace environments. Series 18 Silicon Carbide protection
tube can also be used in the above applications, however the Series 18 is a refractory silicate bonded tube and generally will not
provide a service life equal to silicon nitride bonded silicon carbide protection tubes. The Series 18 is satistactory for use in other
molten metals, molten glass, and other high temperature applications. Series 13, 14, and 18 protection tubes should be preheated
and slowly immersed into any molten materials.
TUBE CODE 11 TUBE CODE 13

“X” 1 1/2”
“X” NOMINAL
TUBE CODE 18JC 1” NOMINAL
1 1/2”
TUBE CODE 14[1] NOMINAL

“X”
“X” [1] Refractory length is 1” shorter than specified length

ORDER CODES
1 2

Example Order Number: 11-75 - 24


2 Tube
1 Protection Tube NPT Connections “X” Length
NPT TUBE MAX. LENGTH
CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE OD ID LENGTH (inches)
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) 12
CAST IRON 871 ºC [1600 ºF] Max. 18
11 - 75 Internally threaded 3/4 1.625 0.875 72 24
VESUVIUS 927 ºC [1700 ºF] Max. 30
13 - 75 3/4 2.00 0.824 48 36
SILICON CARBIDE 1649 ºC [3000 ºF ] Max. 42
18J Plain tube w/o collar None 1.75 1.00 48 48
18JC 3" OD collar None 1.75 1.00 48
®
CERITE 815 ºC [1300 ºF] (36” maximum “X” length)
14-50[1] Cerite® II 1/2 2.00 0.622 36
®
[1] For Cerite protection tubes supplied with 316SS pipe instead of
a carbon steel pipe, change model number prefix code 14 to 148.
EXAMPLE: 148-50-24

Recommended Applications
CAST IRON Aluminum
VESUVIUS Aluminum
Aluminum (see comments above for Series 18 Tube), molten ferrous and
SILICON CARBIDE
non-ferrous metals, glass processing, kilns, incinerators, and other high
(Silicate Bonded)
temperature processes
CERITE® Aluminum, Zinc

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 7-7
Configuration Code ID04
Industrial Ceramic Protection Tubes

The thermocouple protection tubes illustrated on this catalog page are replacement tubes for Pyromation's complete ceramic
protection tube thermocouple assemblies as found elsewhere in this catalog section, and they are compatible replacements for
other manufacturers' protection tubes. The Series 16 mullite tubes are composed of 63% alumina, and have slightly more porosity
than the Series 17 alumina tube composed of 99.7% alumina, which is considered to be more gas tight.

PIPE NIPPLE BRASS FERRULE for OPEN STYLE HEAD or NT OPTION


“E”

“X”
“X”
HEX FITTING
“U”
PLAIN or WITH COLLAR

“X” “X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: 17A4 - 18 - 8


1 Ceramic Protection Tube Materials - Sizes - Fittings 3 Options
TUBE MATERIAL CODE DESCRIPTION
TUBE SIZE FITTING TYPE - SIZE
CODE 316 SS nipple or
COLLAR or FITTING 8
MULLITE ALUMINA PROCESS TERM. hex tube fitting
ID OD STYLE and DESCRIPTION
1482 ºC 1871 ºC THREAD THREAD No process mtg.
(inches) (inches) NT threads on pipe
[2700 ºF] [3400 ºF] (inches) (inches)
nipples
16AH 17AH 1/4 3/8 Steel hex fitting 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT
16A1 17A1 1/4 3/8 Steel close nipple 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT
16A(E) 17A(E) 1/4 3/8 Specify "E length" steel nipple 1/2 NPT 1/2 NPT 2 Tube “X” Length
16AF 17AF 1/4 3/8 7/8" OD x 2" L brass ferrule for open head None 7/8 x 27 UNS
16A 17A 1/4 3/8 Plain tube None None LENGTH (inches)
16AC N/A 1/4 3/8 Tube with 5/8" OD x 1/2" L collar None None 12
16BH 17BH 7/16 11/16 Steel hex fitting 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT 18
16B1 17B1 7/16 11/16 Steel close nipple 3/4 NPT 3/4 NPT 24
16B(E) 17B(E) 7/16 11/16 Specify "E length" steel nipple 3/4 NPT 3/4 NPT 30
16BF 17BF 7/16 11/16 7/8" OD x 2" L brass ferrule for open head None 7/8 x 27 UNS 36
16B 17B 7/16 11/16 Plain tube None None Specify other lengths in
16BC N/A 7/16 11/16 Tube with 1" OD x 1/2" L collar None None 1 inch increments.
16CH 17CH 1/2 3/4 Steel hex fitting 3/4 NPT 1/2 NPT
16C1 17C1 1/2 3/4 Steel close nipple 3/4 NPT 3/4 NPT
16C(E) 17C(E) 1/2 3/4 Specify "E length" steel nipple 3/4 NPT 3/4 NPT
16C 17C 1/2 3/4 Plain tube None None
16CC N/A 1/2 3/4 Tube w/1(1/8)" OD x 1/2" L collar None None
16WH 17WH 5/8 7/8 Steel hex fitting 1 NPT 3/4 NPT
16W1 17W1 5/8 7/8 Steel close nipple 1 NPT 1 NPT
16W(E) 17W(E) 5/8 7/8 Specify "E length" steel nipple 1 NPT 1 NPT
16W 17W 5/8 7/8 Plain tube None None
16EH 17EH 1 1(1/4) Steel hex fitting 1(1/4) NPT 1 NPT
16E1 17E1 1 1(1/4) Steel close nipple 1(1/4) NPT 1(1/4) NPT
16E(E) 17E(E) 1 1(1/4) Specify "E length" steel nipple 1(1/4) NPT 1(1/4) NPT
16E 17E 1 1(1/4) Plain tube None None

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

8-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-7
Configuration Code ID05
Industrial Thermocouples with Standard Service Protection Tubes

The straight base metal thermocouple assemblies illustrated on this page are those most commonly used in medium to high temperature
low corrosion industrial process heating applications. All listed assemblies are provided with schedule 40 protection tubes, and are available
with listed options. Heavier pipe schedule protection tubes and special construction designs are also available. Note: Welded bushings
will be welded at maximum length possible when X and U dimensions are specified as the same length. Actual U dimension will
be 1 to 2 inches shorter than specified depending on bushing size.

ASSEMBLY with WELDED BUSHING ASSEMBLY with OPTIONAL FLANGE


“U”

“X”
“X”
ASSEMBLY with OPTIONAL UNION NIPPLE ASSEMBLY with TEMPERATURE
CHECK FITTING

“X” “E”
“X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 6

Example Order Number: K8C - 7 - 50 - 24 - 6E20 - 34

1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size 5 Optional Welded Bushings


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
J8C K8C N8C STEEL 316SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
J11C K11C
6C(U) 8C(U) 1/2 NPT Bushing (25 tubes only)
J14C K14C N14C
Thermocouples of 8 ga. wire require minimum of 1/2” NPT tube 6D(U) 8D(U) 3/4 NPT Bushing (25 and 50 tubes only)

DUPLEX T/C ASSEMBLIES 6E(U) 8E(U) 1 NPT Bushing (25, 50 and 75 tubes only)
6F(U) 8F(U) 1(1/4) NPT Bushing
For duplex assemblies use the T/C type code letter twice. Example:
K8C - 7 - 75 becomes KK8C - 7 - 75 6G(U) 8G(U) 1(1/2) NPT Bushing
Substitute insertion length, in inches, measured from hot tip to bottom
of bushing for (U) above. Insert NW in place of insertion length (U)
for bushing supplied loose on tube.
2 Protection Tube Material 3 NPT Thread Size
Optional Union and Nipple Head Connection
CODE (inches)
CODE MATERIAL STEEL 316 SS
1/4 1/2 3/4 1 Union-nipple supplied as material specified
[1]
6PU(E) 8PU(E)[1]
6 CARBON STEEL 25 50 75 100
[1] Insert extension length, in inches, for (E) above.
8 316 SS 25 50 75 100
5 446 SS 50 75 100 6 Head Terminations
3 INCONEL 600 50 75 CODE DESCRIPTION
7 INCONEL 601 50 75 100 31 Aluminum screw cover head
34 Cast iron screw cover head
4 Tube “X” Length 49 Flip top aluminum head
LENGTH LENGTH Duplex 8, 11, and 14 ga. assemblies
71[1] Cast iron aluminum explosion proof head
(inches) (inches) require a minimum 1/2" NPT protection
tube size (size codes 50 and larger). 81[1] 316L SS explosion proof head
12 30 [1]
91 316L SS head
18 36 8 gauge duplex thermocouple elements
supplied in 1/2" NPT protection tubes will [1] Not available with 1” NPT protection tubes.
24 be supplied with round insulators.
Specify other lengths in 1 6-1 Assembly Options
inch increments. CODE DESCRIPTION
GS Ground screw
H Adjustable steel mounting flange
I Stainless tag
6Y Steel temperature check fitting
L Insulated hot junction

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 9-8
Configuration Code ID06
Industrial Thermocouples with Special Service Protection Tubes

The straight base metal thermocouple assemblies illustrated on this page are typically used in high temperature and highly corrosive
applications commonly found in waste incinerators, cement and lime kilns, utility and waste recovery boilers, and other severe process
environments. Special construction designs are also available. Note: Welded bushings will be welded at maximum length possible
when X and U dimensions are specified as the same length. Actual U dimension will be 1 to 2 inches shorter than specified
depending on bushing size.
ASSEMBLY with WELDED BUSHING
SERIES 12 ASSEMBLY with 1" STEEL HEX SERIES 41 ASSEMBLY with OPTIONAL
FITTING STD. FLANGE “U”
“U”

“X”
“X” “X”
Series 12 tubes “U” dimensions are fixed at
approximately 1” less than specified “X” length

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 5-1

Example Order Number: K8C - 41-75 - 24 - 6E20 - 34, I

1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size 4 Optional Welded Bushings


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
K8C N8C STEEL 316SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
DUPLEX T/C ASSEMBLIES 6D(U) 8D(U) 3/4 NPT Bushing (25 and 50 tubes only)
For duplex assemblies use the T/C type 6E(U) 8E(U) 1 NPT Bushing (50 and 75 tubes only)
code letter twice. Example: K8C - 41 - 75
becomes KK8C - 41 - 75 6F(U) 8F(U) 1(1/4) NPT Bushing
8 gauge duplex thermocouple elements 6G(U) 8G(U) 1(1/2) NPT Bushing
supplied in 41-50 and 12-75 protection tubes
will be supplied with round insulators. Substitute insertion length, in inches, measured from hot tip to bottom of bushing for
(U) above.
Insert NW in place of insertion length (U) for bushing supplied loose on tube.
2 Protection Tube Material Optional Union and Nipple Head Connection
NPT Connection
STEEL 316 SS
NPT SIZE Union-nipple supplied as material specified
CODE PIPE SCHED. 6PU(E) 8PU(E)
(inches)
HR - 160 Insert extension length, in inches, for (E) above.

41 - 50 1/2 40
5 Head Terminations
41 - 75 3/4 40
CODE DESCRIPTION
41 - 100 1 40
31 Aluminum screw cover head
LT - 1
34 Cast iron screw cover head
0.875” OD
12 - 75 3/4 49 Flip top aluminum head
0.625” ID
[1]
71 Cast iron aluminum explosion proof head
[1]
81 316L SS explosion proof head
91[1] 316L SS head

3 Tube “X” Length [1] Not available with 1” NPT protection tubes.

LENGTH LENGTH 5-1 Assembly Options


(inches) (inches)
CODE DESCRIPTION
12 30
GS Ground screw
18 36
H Adjustable steel mounting flange
24
I Stainless tag
Specify other lengths in 1
inch increments. 6Y Steel temperature check fitting
L Insulated hot junction

© Copyright 2006Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

10-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-9
Configuration Code ID06
Industrial Thermocouple Assemblies
with Protection Tubes for Molten Aluminum

The Series 11, 13 and 14 assemblies are used to protect thermocouple elements in molten aluminum and zinc applications such
as diecasting, melting, smelting and high temperature holding furnace environments. The Series 18 silicon carbide assembly can
also be used in the above mentioned applications, however the Series 18 is a refractory silicate bonded tube and generally will not
provide a service life equal to silicon nitride bonded silicon carbide assemblies. The Series 18 is satisfactory for use in other molten
metals, molten glass, and other high temperature applications. Series 13, 14, and 18 assemblies should be preheated and slowly
immersed into any molten materials.

SERIES 13 PROTECTION TUBE SERIES 18JC PROTECTION TUBE


ASSEMBLIES FIG. 1 ASSEMBLIES FIG. 4

SERIES 11 PROTECTION TUBE


ASSEMBLIES FIG. 3
“X”
“X”
SERIES 18J PROTECTION TUBE CERITE®II 14 PROTECTION TUBE
ASSEMBLIES FIG. 2 ASSEMBLY FIG. 5
“X”
“X”

“X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 4-1

Example Order Number: K8C - 13-75 - 24 - 31, H

1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size 4 Head Terminations


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
K8C N8C 31 Aluminum screw cover head
DUPLEX T/C ASSEMBLIES 34 Cast iron screw cover head
For duplex assemblies use the T/C type code letter 49 Flip top aluminum head
twice. Example: K8C - 13 - 75 becomes
91 316L SS head
KK8C - 13 - 75.
For additional types and sizes consult factory. 4-1 Assembly Options
CODE DESCRIPTION

2 Protection Tube Material GS Ground screw

CODE FIGURE NUMBER H Adjustable steel mounting flange

CAST IRON I Stainless tag

11-75 3 L Insulated hot junction

VESUVIUS Protection Tube


Dimensions 3 Tube “X” Length
13-75 1
ID x OD LENGTH LENGTH
SILICON CARBIDE CODE
(inches) (inches) (inches)
18J-75 2 11 0.875 x 1.625 12 36
18JC-75 4 13 0.824 x 2.00 18 42[1]
®
CERITE II 18J 1.00 x 1.75 24 48[1]
[1]
14-50 5 18JC 1.00 x 1.75 30
[1] For protection tubes supplied with a 14 0.622 x 2.00 Consult factory for other lengths.
316SS pipe instead of a carbon steel pipe,
change order number 14 to 148. [1] 42 & 48 not available in 14
EXAMPLE: K8C-148-50-24-31 Series tubes.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-10 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 11-7
Configuration Code ID06
Industrial Thermocouple Assemblies with Ceramic Protection Tubes

The straight noble and base metal thermocouple assemblies, with Series 16 mullite and Series 17 alumina protection tubes, illustrated
on this catalog page are those most commonly used in high temperature process heating applications. These assemblies are available
with a variety of process mounting fittings and assembly options as listed below. Special construction designs are also available.

HEX FITTING PIPE NIPPLE with HT OPTION


“U” “E”

“X”
PIPE NIPPLE with NT OPTION and FLANGE “X”
“E”
OPEN TERMINAL HEAD (OPT. N)

“X” “X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 4-1

Example Order Number: R24R - 17BH - 18 - 31, 8

1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size 4 Head Terminations


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
B24R K8R [1]
K11C [2] 31 Aluminum screw cover head
R24R N8R[1] N14C[2] 34 Cast iron screw cover head
R26R
S24R [1] Use only with 16C [2] Use only with 16B 49 Flip top aluminum head
S26R or 16W series tubes or 16C series tubes
91 316L SS head
8ga. duplex elements only available in W series tubes.
For duplex T/C's, use element type twice. Example: RR24R Open terminal head - R, S, B only
N
(require AF or BF protection tubes)
2 Protection Tube
TUBE MATERIAL AND SIZE 4-1 Assembly Options
CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
TUBE NPT PROCESS MOUNTING
MULLITE ALUMINA OD SIZE FITTING GS Ground screw
1482 ºC 1871 ºC (inches) (inches)
[2700 ºF] [3400 ºF] NT No process threads on pipe nipple

16AH[1] 17AH[1] 3/8 1/2 Steel hex fitting HT Threaded flange on nipple

16A1[1] 17A1[1] 3/8 1/2 Steel close nipple I Stainless tag

16A(E)[1] 17A(E)[1] 3/8 1/2 Specify nipple "E" length 8 316SS nipple or hex tube fitting

16AF[1] 17AF[1] 3/8 None 7/8" OD x 2" L open head ftg H Adjustable steel mtg. flange

16BH 17BH 11/16 3/4 Steel hex fitting


3 Tube “X” Length
16B1 17B1 11/16 3/4 Steel close nipple
LENGTH LENGTH
16B(E) 17B(E) 11/16 3/4 Specify nipple "E" length (inches) (inches)
16BF 17BF 11/16 None 7/8" OD x 2" L open head ftg 12 30
16CH 3/4 3/4 Steel hex fitting 18 36
16C1 3/4 3/4 Steel close nipple 24
16C(E) 3/4 3/4 Specify nipple "E" length Specify other lengths in 1
16WH 7/8 1 Steel hex fitting inch increments.

[1] All assemblies with a 3/8” OD tube should be ordered with an aluminum
termination head.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

12-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-11
Configuration Code ID06
Industrial Thermocouple Assemblies with Double Protection Tubes

The straight noble metal thermocouple assemblies illustrated on this catalog page are provided with double protection tubes. Outer protection tube
choices of ceramic materials, metal alloys, or composite materials offer thermocouple protection from a variety of high temperature process heating
environments. All assemblies are provided with a ceramic inner tube. These assemblies are available with a variety of process mounting fittings and
assembly options as listed below. Special construction designs are also available. Note: Welded bushings will be welded at maximum length
possible when X and U dimensions are specified as the same length. Actual U dimension will be 1 to 2 inches shorter than specified
depending on bushing size.
FLANGED ASSEMBLY FIG. 1 HEX FITTING FIG. 2

“X”
“X”
CLAMP ASSEMBLY FIG. 3 WELDED BUSHING FIG. 4
“U”

“X” “X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 5 5-1

Example Order Number: S24R - 16BH-18J - 36 - 31, H

Optional Welded Bushings


1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size (only on HR-160 and Inconel Tubes)
CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
B24R R26R STEEL 316 SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
R24R S26R 6E(U) 8E(U) 1 NPT Bushing
S24R
6F(U) 8F(U) 1 (1/4) NPT Bushing
For duplex T/C's, use element type twice. Example: RR24R 6G(U) 8G(U) 1 (1/2) NPT Bushing
Substitute insertion length, in inches, measured from hot tip to
2 Protection Tubes (Inner and Outer) bottom of bushing for (U) above.
Insert NW in place of insertion length (U) for bushing supplied
PROCESS
MATERIAL TYPE SIZE loose on tube.
MOUNTING FITTING
CODE NPT.
O.D. 5 Head Terminations
INNER OUTER THREAD FITTING TYPE
(inches) CODE DESCRIPTION
(inches)
17A-17BH Alumina Alumina 11/16 3/4 Figure 2 31 Aluminum screw cover head
17A-17B1 Alumina Alumina 11/16 3/4 1” steel nipple 34 Cast iron screw cover head
Nipple 49 Flip top aluminum head
17A-17B(E) Alumina Alumina 11/16 3/4
(specify length) 91 316L SS head
17A-12-75 Alumina LT-1 7/8 1 Figure 2
Silicon 5-1 Assembly Options
17BH-18J Alumina 1(3/4) None Figure 3
Carbide
CODE DESCRIPTION
Silicon
17BH-18JC Alumina 1(3/4) None Figure 1 GS Ground screw
Carbide
16A-16BH Mullite Mullite 11/16 3/4 Figure 2 NT No mounting threads on pipe nipple

16A-16B1 Mullite Mullite 11/16 3/4 1” steel nipple HT Threaded flange on nipple
Nipple I Stainless tag
16A-16B(E) Mullite Mullite 11/16 3/4
(specify length)
8 316SS nipple or hex tube fitting
16A-12-75 Mullite LT-1 7/8 1 Figure 2
H Adjustable steel mtg. flange
Silicon
16BH-18J Mullite 1(3/4) None Figure 3
Carbide
3 Tube “X” Length
Silicon
16BH-18JC Mullite 1(3/4) None Figure 1 LENGTH (inches) LENGTH (inches)
Carbide
16B-41-75 Mullite HR-160 1.050 None Figure 4 12 30
16B-7-75 Mullite Inc.601 1.050 None Figure 4 18 36
24
The inner protection tubes are cemented to the outer tube and are not
replaceable as separate items, except for Silicon Carbide assemblies. Specify other lengths in 1 inch increments.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-12 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 13-8
Configuration Code ID07
Industrial Angle Thermocouples with Standard Service Protection Tubes

Angle thermocouple assemblies are most commonly used in general process heating applications requiring the use of “over-the-side”
temperature sensors with metal alloy protection tubes. Special construction designs are available. Assemblies may be shipped with
the hot leg unattached for assembly at time of installation due to size limitations. Cold leg as standard is supplied as carbon steel.

FIG. 1 “X” FIG. 2 “X” FIG. 3 “X”


12” MINIMUM COLD LEG COLD LEG COLD LEG

CONTINUOUS BEND
(Opt. CB) H
12” O H
MINIMUM T
O
“X” H L T
O E “X”
T G “X”
L
1/2” NPT RAD. = 4(5/8)” “U” E
L 3/4” NPT RAD. = 4(5/8)” G
E
G 1” NPT RAD. = 5(7/8)”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7-1

Example Order Number: K8A - 8 -75 - 18 - 18 - 8E16 - 34, GS

1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size 6 Optional Welded Bushings


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
J8A K8A N8A STEEL 316SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
J11A K11A
J14A K14A N14A 6D(U) 8D(U) 3/4 NPT Bushing (50 tubes only)

For duplex assemblies use the T/C type code letter 6E(U) 8E(U) 1 NPT Bushing (50 and 75 tubes only)
twice. Example: J8A - 7 - 75 becomes JJ8A - 7 - 75 6F(U) 8F(U) 1(1/4) NPT Bushing
6G(U) 8G(U) 1(1/2) NPT Bushing
2 Hot Leg 3 Hot Leg NPT Substitute insertion length, in inches, measured from hot tip to
Protection Tube Material Thread Pipe Size bottom of bushing for (U) above.
CODE (inches) Insert NW in place of insertion length (U) for bushing supplied
CODE MATERIAL loose on tube.
1/2 3/4 1
6 CARBON STEEL 50 75 100 7 Head Terminations

8 316 SS 50 75 100 CODE DESCRIPTION


5 446 SS 50 75 100 31 Aluminum screw cover head
3 INCONEL 600 50 75 34 Cast iron screw cover head
7 INCONEL 601 50 75 100 49 Flip top aluminum head

7-1 Assembly Options


4 Hot Leg X Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
LENGTH (inches) LENGTH (inches)
GS Ground screw
12 30
H Adjustable steel mounting flange
18 36
HC Adjustable steel flange (cold leg)
24
L Insulated hot junction
Specify other lengths in 1 inch increments.
I Stainless tag
UL Steel union elbow
5 Cold Leg X Length
CB Continuous bend angle assembly
LENGTH (inches) LENGTH (inches)
12 30 Standard Assembly Specifications
HOT LEG TUBE
18 36 ELEMENT
CODE AVAIL. COLD LEG SUPPLIED
24 SINGLE
Specify other lengths in 1 inch increments. 8, 11, 14 GA. 50, 75, 100 3/4” NPT on HL tube
DUPLEX codes 50, 75. 1” NPT on
HL tube codes 100. 1”
8, 11 GA. 75, 100 NPT on duplex 8 and 11
14 GA. 50, 75, 100 gauge assemblies.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

14-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-13
Configuration Code ID08
Industrial Angle Thermocouples with Special Service Protection Tubes

Angle thermocouple assemblies are those commonly used in industrial process heating applications requiring the use of "over-the-
side" temperature sensors with special metal alloy, composite material, or silicon carbide protection tubes. Special construction
designs are available. Assemblies may be shipped with the hot leg unattached for assembly at time of installation due to size
limitations. Cold leg as standard is supplied as carbon steel.
“X” “X”

“X”
“X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 5-1

Example Order Number: K8A - 14-50 - 18 - 18 - 49, L


1 Thermocouple Type + Wire Gauge Size 4 Cold Leg X Length
CODE LENGTH (inches) LENGTH (inches)
K8A N8A 12 30
K11A
18 36
K14A N14A
24
For duplex assemblies use the T/C type code letter twice.
Example: K14A - 12 - 75 becomes KK14A - 12 - 75. Specify other lengths in 1 inch increments.
Code 14 Cerite® II actual length is one
2 Protection Tube Material NPT Connection inch shorter than above.

HOT LEG PROT. TUBE OD or NPT


CODE
TUBE SIZE (inches) 5 Head Terminations
11 - 75 Cast Iron 1.625 CODE DESCRIPTION
12 - 75 Metal Ceramic 0.875 31 Aluminum screw cover head
13 - 75 Vesuvius 2.000 34 Cast iron screw cover head
18J - 75 Silicone Carbide 1.750 49 Flip top aluminum head
[1] ®
14 - 50 Cerite II 1/2 NPT 91 316L SS head
[1] For protection tubes with 316SS pipe instead of
a carbon steel pipe, change order number to 148. 5-1 Assembly Options
Example: K8A-148-50-24-K. CODE DESCRIPTION

3 Hot Leg X Length GS Ground screw


H Adjustable steel mounting flange
LENGTH (inches) LENGTH (inches)
HC Adjustable steel flange (cold leg)
12 30
L Insulated hot junction
18 36
UL Steel union elbow
24
I Stainless tag

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-14 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 15-8
Configuration Code ID09
Industrial Cerite® - III Thermocouples for Molten Aluminum

Cerite® III thermocouples are provided with a protection tube, integral thermocouple element with 36” of high temperature 704 ºC
[1300 °F] fiberglass leads, and a 1/2” NPT steel male face bushing for use in mounting. They are constructed by casting a phosphate
bonded refractory material containing 85% alumina, 4% silica, and other trace elements around a 1/4” NPT steel pipe, containing
an integral stainless steel sheathed magnesium oxide (MgO) insulated thermocouple element. The cast refractory material was
developed for use in molten non-ferrous metals, specifically molten aluminum and zinc. It has excellent non-wetting properties,
allowing easy slag removal, and the small diameter provides fast thermal response to process temperature changes. These
assemblies provide good resistance to thermal shock and mechanical breakage. The refractory material is rated at 1538 ºC [2800 °F]
however, its use as a Cerite® III thermocouple assembly is generally limited to 815 °C [1500 °F] maximum. Protection tube pre-heating
and slow immersion into the process is recommended.

OVERAL LENGTH
“X” 3” 36”
1 3/16”
1/4” 1/2” NPT BUSHING
NPT

ORDER CODES
1 2

Example Order Number: K39G - 15 - 25 - 24 - 36 - 4

1 Cerite® Thermcouple Specifications 2 Terminations

CODE X DIMENSION CODE DESCRIPTION


T/C IMMERSION OVERALL LEAD APPROX. 0 No lead termination
TYPE LENGTH LENGTH LGTH. WGHT.
SINGLE 2 2” split leads with 1/4” stripped leads
(inches) (inches) (inches) (LBS.)
K39G-15-25-12-36 K 12 15 36 1.75 4 Standard plug

K39G-15-25-18-36 K 18 21 36 2.50 Options

K39G-15-25-24-36 K 24 27 36 3.25 MC Mating connector


K39G-15-25-30-36 K 30 33 36 4.00
K39G-15-25-36-36 K 36 39 36 4.75

For duplex assemblies use thermocouple letter twice. Example: KK39U - 15 - 25 - 24 - 36 - 0


For assemblies with ungrounded junctions, substitute U for G in order code number. Example: K39U - 15 - 25 - 24 - 36 - 0
For additional lead length, change the last 2 digits of the order code number to desired length. Example: K39G - 15 - 25 - 24 - 48 - 0
For assemblies supplied with optional 316SS pipe insert, change order code number 15 to 158. Example: K39G - 158 - 25 - 24 - 36 - 0

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

18-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-15
Configuration Code ID09
Industrial ®
Cerite III Thermocouple Assemblies for Molten Aluminum

Cerite® III thermocouple assemblies are complete thermocouple and protection tube assemblies. These Cerite® III assemblies are
constructed by casting a phosphate bonded refractory material containing 85% alumina, 4% silica, and other trace elements around
a 1/4” NPT steel pipe containing an integral stainless steel sheathed magnesium oxide (MgO) insulated thermocouple element.
The cast refractory material was developed for use in molten non-ferrous metals, specifically molten aluminum and zinc. It has
excellent non-wetting properties allowing easy slag removal, and the small diameter provides fast thermal response to process
temperature changes. These assemblies also provide good resistance to thermal shock and mechanical breakage. The refractory
material is rated at 1538 ºC [2800 ºF] however its use as a Cerite®III thermocouple assembly is generally limited to 815 ºC [1500 ºF]
maximum. Cold leg as standard is supplied as carbon steel. Protection tube pre-heating and slow immersion into the process
is recommended.
FIG. 1 “X”
COLD LEG

3”
FIG. 2 “X”

H
O 3”
T
“X”
L
E
G

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 4.1

K39GS-15-25 - 24 - - - 34, H Straight Assembly, Single


Example Order Number:
K39GA-15-25 - 24 - 24 - 49, HC Angle Assembly, Single

1 Thermocouple Type and Assembly Style 4 Head Terminations


CODE STYLE CODE STYLE CODE DESCRIPTION
SINGLE ELEMENT DUPLEX ELEMENT 31 Aluminum screw cover head
K39GS-15-25 Straight KK39GS-15-25 Straight 34 Cast iron screw cover head
K39GA-15-25 Angle KK39GA-15-25 Angle 49 Flip top aluminum head
For ungrounded hot junctions change above letter code 4-1 Assembly Options
“G” to letter code “U”. Example: K39US
CODE DESCRIPTION
For assemblies supplied with optional 316SS pipe insert,
change order code number 15 to 158. GS Ground screw
Example: K39G-158-25-24-36-34
H Adjustable steel mounting flange
HC Adjustable steel flange (cold leg)
2 Straight or Angle Hot Leg Length
I Stainless tags
X LENGTH (inches) X LENGTH (inches)
12 30
3 Angle Assembly Cold Leg Length
18 36
X LENGTH (inches) X LENGTH (inches)
24
12 30
18 36
24

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-16 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 19-8
Industrial Custom Thermocouple Assemblies

The preceeding catalog pages have provided order code numbers for thermocouple elements, protection tubes, and the most commonly
used industrial thermocouple assemblies. Non-standard assemblies can be designated by selecting the proper thermocouple element(s)
and protection tube(s) from the appropriate pages in this catalog section. Component part order code numbers selected from those pages,
and assembled as described below, with desired options from below, will provide the part number for a complete industrial thermocouple
assembly. Special construction designs, using non-cataloged components, are also available. Consult factory for details.

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4

K8C - 7-75 - 18 - 6E16 - 34 Straight Assembly


Example Order Number:
K8A - 7-75 - 18-24 - 31, H Angle Assembly

R24R - 17A-17BH - 24 - 49 Double Tube Assembly

K8E - 18J - 18-12 - 34 Pipe Extended Assembly

1 Thermocouple Element 4 Optional Welding Bushings (Applies to Metal Alloy Tubes only)

Insert order code for thermocouple type, wire CODE DESCRIPTION


gauge size, and insulator type from the appropriate STEEL 316SS BUSHING SIZE (inches)
thermocouple element pages located in this
catalog section. 6C(U) 8C(U) 1/2 NPT bushing (25 tubes)
6D(U) 8D(U) 3/4 NPT bushing (25 and 50 tubes)
6E(U) 8E(U) 1 NPT bushing (25, 50, 75 tubes)
2 Protection Tube 6F(U) 8F(U) 1(1/4) NPT bushing (50, 75, 100 tubes)
Insert order code for tube material and size 6G(U) 1(1/2) NPT bushing (50, 75, 100 tubes)
from the appropriate protection tube pages located
in this catalog section. Substitute insertion length, in inches, measured from hot tip to bottom of bushing for (U) above.
Insert NW in place of insertion length (U) for bushing supplied loose on tube.
Double protection tube assemblies require
Optional Union and Nipple Connections
selection of 2 tubes. Example: 17A - 17BH
CODE DESCRIPTION
STEEL 316SS
Both union and nipple supplied as material specified
3 Protection Tube Length 6PU(E) 8PU(E)
STRAIGHT ASSEMBLIES: Insert the desired Insert extension length, in inches, for (E)
protection tube "X" length in inches.
Head Terminations Assembly Options
ANGLE ASSEMBLIES: Requires specifying hot CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
and cold leg length in inches. 31 Aluminum screw cover head A Open end protection tube
PIPE EXTENDED ASSEMBLIES: (Supplied 34 Cast iron screw cover CB Continuous bend angle assembly
with steel coupling and pipe extension beyond 49 Flip top aluminum head GS Ground screw
protection tube) Insert letter code 'E' after wire
gauge and specify extension length in inches. Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof
71[1] 6Y Steel temperature check fitting
head Group C
DIN form B aluminum explosion
72[1] H Adjustable steel mounting flange
proof head Group B

81[1] 316L SS explosion proof head HC Adjustable steel flange (cold leg)
DIN form B 316SS explosion proof
82[1] HT Threaded flange on nipple
head Group B
91[1] 316L SS head I Stainless tags
[1] Insulated hot junction or recessed
92 DIN form B 316SS head L
junction
Open type terminal head (B,R,S)
N with 16AF, 16BF, 17AF, 17BF tubes NT Supplied without threads
only
[1] Not Available with 1” NPT protection tubes UL Steel union elbows
SB 1/2” NPT Conduit Reducer Bushing

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

20-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-17
Configuration Code ID10
Industrial High Temperature Thermocouple Assemblies

Pyromation’s high temperature thermocouples are designed to operate in a temperature range of (982 to 1871) ºC
[1800 to 3400] ºF. They are designed for use in vacuum furnaces and other applications requiring high temperature
measurement in controlled atmospheric conditions. Metal sheaths of Inconel® 600 and molybdenum are available as
well as alumina ceramic sheaths. All assemblies are supplied with ungrounded isolated hot junctions. The construction
style consists of an alumina insulated element inside the tube of choice as listed below. Special construction designs
are also available.

METAL SHEATHED ASSEMBLY FIG. 1 ALUMINA SHEATHED ASSEMBLY FIG. 2

“X” “X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
TBL. TBL. TBL.
Example Order Number: R24U - 403 - 24 - 05A - 5 - 6 - 7

Select from following page

1 Single Elements 2 Sheath Size and Material 4 Sheath Mounting Fittings


TYPE AND SHEATH AVAILABLE
NPT SIZE
WIRE GAUGE CODE DIA. MAX. TEMP. ATMOSPHERE CODE TYPE SHEATH
(inches)
CODE (inches) DIA. (inches)

INCONEL 600 INCONEL 600 00 No sheath mounting fitting

B24U 303 0.188 One Time Adjustable Compression Fittings


C24U 303 0.188 05A Stainless steel 1/8 3/16, 1/4
1149 ºC [2100 ºF]
R24U R26U 303 0.188
S24U S26U 303 0.188 Oxidizing, 05B Stainless steel 1/4 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Inert or 05C Stainless steel 1/2 1/4, 3/8
B24U 403 0.250 Vacuum
C24U 403 0.250 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
1149 ºC [2100 ºF]
R24U R26U 403 0.250
S24U S26U 403 0.250 12A Stainless steel 1/8 3/16, 1/4

MOLYBDENUM MOLYBDENUM 12B Stainless steel 1/4 1/4, 3/8

B24U 302 0.188 1704 ºC [3100 ºF] 12C Stainless steel 1/2 1/4, 3/8
C24U 302 0.188 1871 ºC [3400 ºF] Teflon® gland standard (400 °F max.)
R24U R26U 302 0.188 1482 ºC [2700 ºF]
S24U S26U 302 0.188 1482 ºC [2700 ºF] Inert or
3 Sheath X Length
B24U 402 0.250 1704 ºC [3100 ºF] Vacuum
C24U 402 0.250 1871 ºC [3400 ºF] LENGTH LENGTH
R24U R26U 402 0.250 1482 ºC [2700 ºF] (inches) (inches)
S24U S26U 402 0.250 1482 ºC [2700 ºF] 12 30
ALUMINA ALUMINA 18 36
B24U 617 0.275[1] 1704 ºC [3100 ºF] 24
Oxidizing,
C24U 617 0.275[1] 1871 ºC [3400 ºF]
Inert or
R24U R26U 617 0.275[1] 1482 ºC [2700 ºF] Specify other lengths in 1 inch
Vacuum
S24U S26U 617 0.275[1] 1482 ºC [2700 ºF] increments.
For duplex elements
[1] Sheath supplied with 3/8” OD x 4” long stainless steel
use order code pre-fix
sleeve on tube cold end.
letter twice.
Only available with size B and C compression fittings.
Example: RR24U
CC24 assemblies not
Consult factory for availability of other diameters or
available in 0.188” OD
insulations.
sheath diameter.

[2] All assemblies are provided with wire seal fitting except platinum element assemblies in inconel protection tubes.
[3] All C24 assemblies in alumina protection tubes can only be used in inert or vacuum atmospheres.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

IND-18 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 21-7
Configuration Code ID10
Industrial High Temperature Thermocouple Assemblies

FIG. 3 FIG. 4

“X” “B” “X”

FIG. 5

“X”

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Example Order Number: R24U - 403 - 024 - 05A - 15 - F1A036 - 4


Select from preceeding pages

5 Plug and Jack Terminations 7 Terminations


SHEATH OD CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
(inches)
0 Leads not stripped
4 Standard plug 3/16 thru 3/8 2 2” split leads, 1/4”, stripped
Standard hi-temp plug
4,HT 3/16 thru 3/8 3 2” split leads with spade lugs
385 ºC [725 °F]
[2]
MC Mating Connector 4 Standard plug
[2]
6 Miniature plug
Head Terminations
Options
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
Cast aluminum screw cover head secured to sheath
9CF31 MC[2] Mating connector
with SS compression fitting
Cast aluminum screw cover head with 1/2” NPT
8HN31[1]
stainless steel hex fitting
9CF25 Mini nickel plated steel head 6 Extension Leadwire
WIRE GAUGE T/C
Leadwire Transitions CODE
INSULATION DESCRIPTION AVAILABLE
(requires leadwire selections)
F1 Solid; fiberglass insulation R,S,B,C
CODE DESCRIPTION
Solid; fiberglass insulation with
Extension leadwire transition fitting with relief F1A R,S,B,C
15[1] flexible S.S. armor
spring as per Fig. 3 above 204 ºC [400 °F]
T1 Solid; Teflon® insulation R,S
[1]
HT High temperature potting 538 ºC [1000 °F] ®
Solid; Teflon insulation with
T1A R,S
flexible S.S. armor
[1] Only with platinum elements in 303-403 sheaths.
[2] Not available with a Type C thermocouple. To complete order code, insert wire code and 3 digit
“B” length code. Example: F1A036=36” B length

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

22-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com IND-19
Configuration Code Mg01
MgO Insulated Thermocouples with Extension Leadwire
MgO Configuration Code Mg02
MgO Insulated Thermocouples with Sheath Terminations
A Pyromation MgO thermocouple assembly consists of a thermocouple element swaged in hard-packed standard purity (96%)
Magnesium Oxide mineral insulation and encased in a metal sheath. Thermocouple sheaths have been fully annealed; they can
be formed into many configurations, and can be bent into a radius of twice the size of its outer sheath. The tables found on this
page and the following pages allow customer selection of standard thermocouple types as listed in the General Information section,
sheath diameters, mounting fittings and terminations. Custom built products are available upon request.

X X B

X X B

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-4 A 1-5
For Optional Sheath Mounting
Example Order Number: K 4 8 G M - 012 - Fittings See Page MgO-2

1-1 Thermocouple Types 1-5 ‘X’ Dimension


CODE Insert three digit sheath length (X Dimension) in inches
SINGLE DUPLEX Sheath lengths over 72" will be shipped in a coiled
configuration unless otherwise specified.
E EE
1-4 A Special Options
J JJ
CODE DESCRIPTION
K KK
M Special limits of error
T TT
H High Purity MgO Insulation (99.6% Pure)
N NN
Use this table only if options are desired.
1-2 Sheath Diameters
CODE DIAMETER (inches) 1-4 Measuring Junctions
1 1/16 [1] CODE DESCRIPTION
2 1/8 G Grounded junction
3 3/16 U Ungrounded junction
4 1/4 E[1] Exposed junction
6 3/8 S Exposed shielded junction
[1] 1/16” will be coiled unless otherwise specified [1] Not available with 1/16” OD.
for 36” and longer lengths.
1-2 A Reduced Tip MgO Thermocouples
1-3 Sheath Materials NORMAL TIP
TIP DIA.
STANDARD CODE SHEATH DIA. LENGTH MATERIAL
CODE MATERIAL (inches)
AVAILABLE TYPES OD (inches) (inches)
3 Inconel 600 J, K, N 88R48 1/2 1/4 1 (1/4) 316 SS

4 310 Stainless steel K 68R38 3/8 3/16 1 (1/4) 316 SS

5 446 Stainless steel K[1] 48R28 1/4 1/8 1 (1/4) 316 SS

8 316 Stainless steel E, J, K, T Table 1-2 A lists thermocouple elements with reduced tip
sheaths. To order, use order code numbers from Tbl. 1-2 A
[1] All sensors with 446SS sheaths must have an
in place of straight sheath order code numbers from Tbl. 1-2
ungrounded measuring junction.
and 1-3. EXAMPLE: J88R48

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

39-9 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com MgO-1
Configuration Code Mg01
MgO Configuration Code Mg02
Optional Sheath Mounting Fittings and Bends
Select Sheath Mounting or Bend Options as desired from tables below.
X
X Cold Leg A

45º Bend

g
t Le
1 5/8”

Ho
X
X

1” 1/4” 1/8”

1” R
U

ORDER CODES
2
Page Page Page
Example Order Number: K48GM - 012 - 01A,306 - MgO-3 - MgO-4 - MgO-5

2-1 No Fitting or Bend Options 2-4 Fixed Bushings


CODE 00 CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH
316 SS NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
2-2 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings
NPT 8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
PRESSURE AVAILABLE SHEATH
CODE TYPE SIZE 8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
RATED DIAMETERS (inches)
(inches)
8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
01A 303 Stainless steel 1/8 NO 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
[1]
8D _ _ 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
05A 316 Stainless steel 1/8 YES 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
[1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus
05B 316 Stainless steel 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 inserting length “U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded
05C 316 Stainless steel 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 bushing. EXAMPLE: order code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing
located 6” from hot tip.
15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
2-5 Sheath Bends
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8 CODE DESCRIPTION
2__ Sheath bent 45º
2-3 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
3__ Sheath bent 90º
NPT
AVAILABLE SHEATH When ordering bend options, specify hot leg dim. “U”. EX: order code
CODE TYPE SIZE
DIAMETERS (inches) 206 is a 45º bend with 6” hot leg. Total sheath length in Table 1 “X”
(inches)
length = hot leg plus cold leg.
10A 303 Stainless steel 1/8 1/16, 1/8, 3/16
2-6 Weld Pads
10B 303 Stainless steel 1/4 1/4, 3/8
CODE DESCRIPTION
10C 303 Stainless steel 1/2 1/4, 3/8
17 304 SS weld pad 1” x 1” x 1/4” thick perpendicular mount
12A 316 Stainless steel 1/8 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
18 304 SS weld pad 1” x 1” x 1/4” thick horizontal mount
12B 316 Stainless steel 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
304 SS weld pad 1” x 1” x 1/8” thick perpendicular mount with
12C 316 Stainless steel 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 17R[1]
radius bend [1] (specify radius)
11A Brass 1/8 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 304 SS weld pad 1” x 1” x 1/8” thick horizontal mount with
18R[1]
11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 radius bend [1] (specify radius)
11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8 2-7 Miscellaneous Options
Spring-loaded
19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4 AVAILABLE SHEATH
SS well fitting CODE DESCRIPTION
®
DIAMETERS (inches)
Teflon gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max. For lava gland
649 ºC [1200 ºF] max. opt. 10A and 10B only use letter suffix “L” after 13A _ _[1] Spring-loaded bayonet fitting 1/8, 3/16
compression fitting order code. EXAMPLE: 10AL for lava gland. Adjustable flange with brass
14 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
compression fitting
Compression fitting with bayonet
16A 1/8 (2 5/8” min. ‘A’ dim.)
cap and spring
[1] When ordering fixed bayonet fitting specify hot leg dimension “A”.
EXAMPLE: order code 13A06 for a fixed bayonet adapter with 6” hot
leg. Total sheath length is Table 1 “X” length = hot leg plus cold leg.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

MgO-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 40-9
Configuration Code Mg02
Sheath Terminations
MgO Configuration Code Mg01
Leadwire Transitions

X B

X B

MgO2 ORDER CODES MgO1


3-1 3-2
Page Page
Example Order Number: K48GM - 012 - 15C - 4, MC or K48GM - 012 - 00 - 16 - MgO-4 - MgO-5

3-1 Plug and Jack Sheath Terminations 3-2 Leadwire Transitions


(Requires Tbl. 4 and 5 selections)
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
4[1] Standard plug
Extension leadwire transition with relief spring
15
5[1] Standard jack 204 ºC [400 °F]
6[2] Miniature plug Extension leadwire transition with heat shrink
16
tubing 104 ºC [220 °F]
7[2] Miniature jack
Same size transition with heat shrink tubing
13[1]
Options 204 ºC [400 °F]
MC Mating connector Same size transition without heat shrink
18[1]
tubing 204 ºC [400 °F]
HT High temp connector 385 ºC [725 ºF]
Extension leadwire transition w/o spring or
19
SP[3] Solid pin plug heat shrink 204 ºC [400 °F]
CL Compression L bracket to hold plug to sheath Options
[2]
[1] If used with a 3/8” OD sheath an option CL must HT High temperature potting 538 ºC [1000 ºF]
be specified. [1] Not available with Flex Armor
[2] Not available with 1/4 or 3/8” OD sheath. [2] Not available with option 13 or 16. When
[3] Standard with 385 °C [725 °F] specifying high temp potting with Flex Armor
Option 19 must be selected.

3-1 Sheath Terminations


3-2 Threaded Fittings with Extension Leadwire
CODE DESCRIPTION (Requires Tbl. 4 and 5 selections)
2” stripped leads (insert two digit strip length CODE DESCRIPTION
10
for other lengths - ex. 10(03”)
6HN23 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple
14 Ceramic wafer block
Leadwire transition with 3” individual leads 8HN23 1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
22
and terminal pins 1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no
9HP23
[1] Only available on 1/8, 3/16, 1/4” OD sheath. process threads)
3/4” process x 1/2” NPT stainless steel
8RNDC23
hex nipple

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

41-9 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com MgO-3
Configuration Code Mg01
MgO Solid and Stranded Conductor Extension Leadwire

Select desired leadwire type by order code number, followed by desired length in inches

“C” “B” “B”

ORDER CODES
4 5
Page
Example Order Number: K48GM - 012 - 01A,306 - 15 - F1048 - MgO-5

4
CODE DESCRIPTION AVAILABLE CALIBRATIONS TEMP RATING
F1 Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor J K T E N 482 ºC [900 ºF]
F1A Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor J K T E N 482 ºC [900 ºF]
F1B Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - stainless steel overbraid J K T 482 ºC [900 ºF]
F3 Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor J K T 482 ºC [900 ºF]
Fiberglass
F3A Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor J K T 482 ºC [900 ºF]
F3B Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid J K T 482 ºC [900 ºF]
H1 Hi-temp fiberglass insulation - solid conductor J K 704 ºC [1300 ºF]
H1A Hi-temp fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor J K 704 ºC [1300 ºF]
H1B Hi-temp fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - stainless steel overbraid J K 704 ºC [1300 ºF]
®
T3J Individual stranded Teflon leads - 12 inch limit J K 204 ºC [400 ºF]
T1 Teflon® insulation - solid conductor J K T E 204 ºC [400 ºF]
T1A Teflon® insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor J K T E 204 ºC [400 ºF]
®
T1B Teflon insulation - solid conductor - stainless steel overbraid J K 204 ºC [400 ºF]
Teflon® T1M Teflon® insulation - solid conductor - mylar shield J K 204 ºC [400 ºF]
®
T3 Teflon insulation - stranded conductor J K T 204 ºC [400 ºF]
®
T3A Teflon insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor J K T 204 ºC [400 ºF]
T3B Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid J K 204 ºC [400 ºF]
®
T3M Teflon insulation - stranded conductor - mylar shield J K 204 ºC [400 ºF]
P5 PVC insulation - solid conductor J K T E N 105 ºC [221 ºF]
P7 PVC insulation - stranded conductor J K T 105 ºC [221 ºF]
P5M PVC insulation - solid conductor - aluminum/mylar shield J K T 105 ºC [221 ºF]
PVC
P7M PVC insulation - stranded conductor - mylar shield J K 105 ºC [221 ºF]
C3060 PVC insulated coil cord - stranded; 60" extended J K T E 105 ºC [221 ºF]
C3120 PVC insulated coil cord - stranded; 120" extended J K T 105 ºC [221 ºF]
®
K1 Kapton insulation - solid conductor J K 316 ºC [600 ºF]
K1A Kapton® insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor J K 316 ºC [600 ºF]
Kapton®
K3 Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor J K 316 ºC [600 ºF]
K3A Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor J K 316 ºC [600 ºF]

Insert wire code number and 3 digit "B" length code. Example: F1036 = 36" B length.

For assemblies requiring leadwire beyond the flexible armor, illustrated as "C" in drawing, insert 3 digit "C" length after armor length.
Example: T1A036-012 = 36" B length with additional 12" C length leads beyond armor.

Insulated leadwires in flexible armor are available with either extruded PVC or Teflon® covering over the flexible armor. Substitute suffix
codes T (Teflon®) or P (PVC) for the suffix "A" code above. Example: T3T is Teflon® covered armor.

Duplex elements supplied with individual leads.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

MgO-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 42-8
Configuration Code Mg01
MgO Leadwire Terminations

Select desired leadwire termination and options (if desired) by order code numbers below

OPTIONS 4 OR 4,MC OPTIONS 6 OR 6,MC,CC

OPTION 3 OPTION 8

ORDER CODES
5-1 5-2

Example Order Number: K48GM - 012 - 01A,306 - 15 - F1048 - 4, CC

5-1 Terminations 5-2 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
0 Leads not stripped 1/2" NPT Bx connector with Opt. 0, 1, 2, 3,
BX
or 8
2 2” split leads, 1/4” stripped
Plug or jack secured to leads with cable
3 2” split leads with spade lugs CC
clamp
4 Standard plug Rubber Boot (only available on single
RB
termination)
5 Standard jack
SP[1] Solid pin plug
6 Miniature plug
Cord grip (1/2" NPT weatherproof PVC
7 Miniature jack CG
connector)
2” split leads with 1/4" quick disconnect MC Mating connector
8
female terminal lugs
HT High temp. connector 385 °C [725 °F]
[1] Standard with 385 °C [725 °F]

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

43-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com MgO-5
Configuration Code Mg03
MgO Miniature MgO Thermocouples

Miniature thermocouple assemblies have very small swaged sheath diameters containing containing standard purity
MgO (96%) insulated thermocouple elements. The small sheath size provides accurate and fast response time
temperature measurement in a variety of laboratory, process, and special applications. These units are only offered with
ungrounded junctions to prolong their useful life. Illustrated below are the most commonly used assemblies, however,
other sensor configurations are available upon request.

X B

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 2 3 4 5
PAGE PAGE
Example Order Number: J 040 8 U - 012 - 00 - 16 - MGO-7 - MGO-7

1-1 Thermocouple Types 3 Sheath Terminations


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
J 4 Standard plug
K 5 Standard jack
6 Miniature plug
1-2 Sheath Diameter
7 Miniature jack
CODE DIAMETER (INCHES)
Options
032 0.032
MC Mating Connector
040 0.040
Leadwire Transitions
Extension leadwire transition fitting with relief spring
1-3 Sheath Material 15
204 ºC [400 °F]
CODE MATERIAL Extension leadwire transition fitting with heat shrink
16
3 Inconel 600 204 ºC [400 °F]
Extension leadwire transition ftg. w/o relief spring or
8 316 Stainless steel 19
heat shrink 204 ºC [400 °F]
Options
1-4 Measuring Junction
CODE MATERIAL HT[1] High Temperature Potting 538 ºC [1000 °F]

U Ungrounded junction
Special limits
M
(consult factory)

2 ‘X’ Dimension
Insert three digit sheath length
( X Dimension) in inches

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

MgO-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 44-9
Configuration Code Mg03
MgO Extension Leadwire and Leadwire Terminations

Select desired extension leadwire type (in inches) and leadwire termination and
options (if desired) by order code number from the tables below.

OPTIONS 4 OR 4,MC OPTIONS 6 OR 6,MC,CC

OPTION 3 OPTION 8

ORDER CODES
4 5

Example Order Number: J0408UM - 012 - 00 - 16 - F1048 - 6

4 Extension Leadwire 5 Terminations


AVAILABLE CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION TEMP RATING
CALIBRATIONS
F1 Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor J K 482 ºC [900 ºF] 0 Leads not stripped
Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - 2” split leads, 1/4”
F1A J K 482 ºC [900 ºF]
flexible armor 2
Fiberglass stripped
Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor -
F1B J K 482 ºC [900 ºF]
stainless steel overbraid 2” split leads with
3
F3 Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor J K 482 ºC [900 ºF] spade lugs
Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor -
F3B
stainless steel overbraid
J K 482 ºC [900 ºF] 4 Standard plug
T1 Teflon® insulation - solid conductor J K 204 ºC [400 ºF] 5 Standard jack
®
® Teflon insulation - solid conductor -
Teflon T1A J K 204 ºC [400 ºF] 6 Miniature plug
flexible armor
T3 Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor J K 204 ºC [400 ºF] 7 Miniature jack
PVC P5 PVC insulation - solid conductor J K 105 ºC [221 ºF]
Options
Insert wire code number and 3 digit “B” length code.
Example: F1036 = 36” B Length MC Mating connector

Plug or jack
CC secured to leads
with cable clamp

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

45-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com MgO-7
MGO General MgO Specifications
The information contained in the following pages is intended as a guideline only for general sensor usage. The specific application
and the environmental conditions may require that other sensor sheath materials, diameters, or construction styles be used to provide
optimum temperature measurement results. The dimensions, temperature ratings, and response times indicated are nominal and they
may vary in actual practice. For further information and recommendations on specific applications, please consult with the factory.
Table 1
Thermocouple Types and Sizes
SHEATH DIAMETER (inches) - A.W.G. WIRE SIZE
TYPE MATERIAL 0.020 OD 0.032 OD 0.040 OD 1/16 OD 1/8 OD 3/16 OD 1/4 OD 3/8 OD
E Chromel-Constantan 38 35 32 30 24 21 19 15
J Iron-Constantan 38 35 32 30 24 21 19 15
K Chromel-Alumel 38 35 32 30 24 21 19 15
T Copper-Constantan 38 35 32 30 24 21 19 15
N Nicrosil-Nisil 38 35 34 - 29 21 19 15
Table 2
Sheath Materials
MATERIAL CODE MAX TEMP. RATING APPLICATION DATA (Other Date Available)
304 SS 9 899 °C [1650 °F] General purpose stainless steel - good corrosion resistance
316 SS 8 927 °C [1700 °F] Superior corrosion resistance
310 SS 4 1149 °C [2100 °F] Same as 316 SS - higher temperature rating
446 SS 5 1038 °C [1900 °F] Used in sulphur atmospheres
INCONEL Excellent oxidation and corrosion resistance at high temperature.
3 1149 °C [2100 °F]
600 Not to be used in sulphur atmosphere
Table 3
Recommended Upper Temperature Limits For Protected Thermocouples
Upper Temperature Limit (F.) For Various Sheath & Diameter
SHEATH DIAMETER (inches)
SHEATH TYPE SHEATH MATERIAL 1/16 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8
TEMPERATURE RANGE
(0 to 441) °C (0 to 521) °C (0 to 621) °C (0 to 721) °C (0 to 721) °C
J
[32 to 825] °F [32 to 970] °F [32 to 1150] °F [32 to 1330] °F [32 to 1330] °F
(-200 to 921) °C (-200 to 927) °C (-200 to 927) °C (-200 to 927) °C (-200 to 927) °C
K
[-328 to 1690] °F [-328 to 1700] °F [-328 to 1700] °F [-328 to 1700] °F [-328 to 1700] °F
(-200 to 510) °C (-200 to 649) °C (-200 to 732) °C (-200 to 821) °C (-200 to 821) °C
E 316 S.S.
[-328 to 950] °F [-328 to 1200] °F [-328 to 1350] °F [-328 to 1510] °F [-328 to 1510] °F
(0 to 921) °C (0 to 921) °C (0 to 921) °C (0 to 921) °C (0 to 921) °C
N
[32 to 1690] °F [32 to 1700] °F [32 to 1700] °F [32 to 1700] °F [32 to 1700] °F
(-200 to 260) °C (-200 to 371) °C (-200 to 371) °C (-200 to 371) °C (-200 to 371) °C
T
[-328 to 500] °F [-328 to 700] °F [-328 to 700] °F [-328 to 700] °F [-328 to 700] °F
(0 to 441) °C (0 to 521) °C (0 to 621) °C (0 to 721) °C (0 to 721) °C
J
[32 to 825] °F [32 to 970] °F [32 to 1150] °F [32 to 1330] °F [32 to 1330] °F
(-200 to 921) °C (-200 to 1071) °C (-200 to 1149) °C (-200 to 1149) °C (-200 to 1149) °C
K
[-328 to 1690] °F [-328 to 1960] °F [-328 to 2100] °F [-328 to 2100] °F [-328 to 2100] °F
INCONEL (-200 to 510) °C (-200 to 649) °C (-200 to 732) °C (-200 to 821) °C (-200 to 821) °C
E
600 [-328 to 950] °F [-328 to 1200] °F [-328 to 1350] °F [-328 to 1510] °F [-328 to 1510] °F
(0 to 921) °C (0 to1071) °C (0 to 1149) °C (0 to 1149) °C (0 to 1149) °C
N
[32 to 1690] °F [32 to 1960] °F [32 to 2100] °F [32 to 2100] °F [32 to 2100] °F
(-200 to 260) °C (-200 to 316) °C (-200 to 371) °C (-200 to 371) °C (-200 to 371) °C
T
[-328 to 500] °F [-328 to 600] °F [-328 to 700] °F [-328 to 700] °F [-328 to 700] °F
Table 4
Flexible Armor Tubing
DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (inches) MAX TEMP. RATING
300 Series SS flexible armored tubing 0.188 ID x 0.275 OD 871 °C [1600 °F]
PVC covered 300 Series SS flexible armored tubing 0.188 ID x 0.320 OD 100 °C [212 °F]
Teflon® covered 300 Series SS flexible armored tubing 0.188 ID x 0.313 OD 204 °C [400 °F]

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

49-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com MGO SPECS-1
MGO General MgO Specifications

Table 5 Table 6
Typical Junction Response Times Sheath Mounting Fitting Dimensions
(63.2% of a (25 to 100) ºC Step Change) SHEATH OD NPT SIZE LENGTH
CODE STYLE
(inches) (inches) (inches)
‘E’ ‘G’ ‘U’
SHEATH 01A 303 SS one-time adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 5/16
JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION
OD (inches)
(seconds) (seconds) (seconds) 05A 316 SS one-time adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
0.020 0.02 s 0.03 s 0.24 s 05B 316 SS one-time adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 7/8
0.032 0.03 s 0.05 s 0.26 s 05C 316 SS one-time adjustable 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 13/16
0.040 0.03 s 0.06 s 0.28 s 15A Brass one-time adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
1/16 0.01 s 0.3 s 0.4 s 15B Brass one-time adjustable 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 3/8
1/8 0.1 s 0.6 s 1.6 s 15C Brass one-time adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 1/2
3/16 0.2 s 0.9 s 2.4 s 10A 303 SS re-adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16 1/8 1 1/4
1/4 0.3 s 1.3 s 2.9 s 10B 303 SS re-adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/4 2 7/16
3/8 0.4 s 3.5 s 7.2 s 10C 303 SS re-adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/2 2 7/16
12A 316 SS re-adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
HOT or MEASURING JUNCTIONS 12B 316 SS re-adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 1/2
12C 316 SS re-adjustable 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 3/4
11A Brass re-adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 19/64
UNGROUNDED JUNCTION (U) 11B Brass re-adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 9/16
The welded thermocouple junction is fully isolated from 11C Brass re-adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 13/16
the welded closure of the sheath. This junction provides
electrical isolation to reduce problems associated with 19C 303 SS spring-loaded well ftg. 3/16, 1/4 1/2 2 1/4
electrical interference. Ungrounded junctions are also
8A 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 1/8 5/8
recommended for use in extreme positive or negative
temperatures, rapid thermal cycling and for ultimate 8B 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 1/4 11/16
corrosion resistance of the sheath alloy. All ungrounded
8C 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 1/2 15/16
junctions exceed 100 MΩ resistance @ 100 V dc at
ambient room temperatures. 8D 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 3/4 1
6HN Steel hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 2
8HN 316 SS hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 2
EXPOSED JUNCTION ( E ) 8RNDC 316 SS reducing hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 x 3/4 2
The thermocouple wires are welded and exposed. The
insulation is not sealed against liquid or gas penetration. 9HNB 303 SS hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 3/16
Recommended where fast response is desired, and
13A Fixed bayonet fitting 1/8, 3/16 n/a 1 5/8
corrosive conditions are nonexistent. The exposed hot
junction length for 1/8-inch diameter sheaths and above is 14 Adjustable flange 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 n/a 1 1/2
typically equal to the outside diameter of the sheath. The
16A Adjustable bayonet fitting 1/8 n/a 1 5/8
exposed junctions for sheath diameters less than 1/8-inch
diameter are supplied as shielded junctions. Table 7
Leadwire Transition Fitting Dimensions

SHEATH FITTING FITTING LENGTH


CODE DIAMETERS OD W/SPRING W/O SPRING
GROUNDED JUNCTION (G)
(inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
The thermocouple junction is welded securely into the
closure end of the sheath, becoming an integral part of the 15,16,19 0.020 3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
weld. This is a good general purpose, low cost junction
providing faster response times than an un-grounded 15,16,19 0.032 3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
junction of similar sheath diameter. Grounded junctions 15,16,19 0.040 3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
should not be used with Type T thermocouples, due to the
copper wire. 15,16,19 1/16 1/4 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
15,16,19 1/16 [1]
3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
15,16,19 1/8 1/4 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
SHIELDED JUNCTION (S) 15,16,19 1/8[1] 3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
The thermocouple wires are welded and recessed inside
the sheath with the tip of the sheath open. Insulation is 15,16,19 3/16 3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
not sealed against liquid or a penetration. 15,16,19 1/4 3/8 2 (1/2) 1 (1/4)
15,16,19 3/8 7/16 2 (1/4) 1 (1/2)
[1] Used with flexible armor tubing, duplex T/C's, and wire codes P3, P1, and F3

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

MGO SPECS-II Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 50-6
Configuration Code PL01
Plastic General Purpose Tube and Wire Thermocouples

The thermocouples described below are commonly used in the plastic process industry. These assemblies can be used in many
general applications where a 1/8" NPT fitting is preferred by utilizing either a compression fitting or a bayonet adapter. These sensors
are constructed using a 316 stainless steel sheath. See General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section, for temperature
ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.

C B 1 3/4”
1 3/4” B
6” Typical

5/8” 5/8”

A
A A

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3 4 5

Example Order Number: JP3 3 U - 04 - 13A - F1A012 - 2, BX


1-1 Thermocouple Type 4 Extension Leadwire Type and B+C Dimension
CODE SHEATH OD CODE [1]
DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX (inches) 000 No leadwire, connector attached to sheath
JP2 1/8 F1 _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
JP3 JJP3 3/16 F1A _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor
JP4 JJP4 1/4 F1B _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - stainless steel overbraid
Other Element Types F3 _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
For type E, K or T thermocouples, replace J in order F3A _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
code with required letter designation.
F3B _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid
1-2 Bend Angle
T1 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - solid conductor
CODE DESCRIPTION
T1A _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor
1 Straight
T3 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor
2 45 degree bend
T3A _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
3 90 degree bend
K1 _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - solid conductor
1-3 Junction K1A _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - solid conductor - flexible armor
Grounded junctions supplied as standard. Insert 'U' [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1036=36” B length; for assemblies
only when requiring an ungrounded junction. requiring other than the standard 6” C dimension, insert 3 digit C length in
inches after B dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B length with additional 12”
2 ‘A’ Dimension
leads beyond armor.
Insert 2 digit 'A' length in inches (1" min).
EX: 04 = 4 inch 'A' dimension. 5 Terminations and Options
3 Sheath Fittings CODE DESCRIPTION
NOM. 0 Leads not stripped
CODE DESCRIPTION LENGTH
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
(inches)
00 No fitting 3 2" split leads with spade lugs

7/16" ID single slot spring-loaded 4 Standard plug


13A[1] 1 5/8
bayonet fitting 5 Standard jack
1/8" NPT brass one time
15A 1 1/8 6 Miniature plug
adjustable comp. fitting
1/8" NPT SS one time adjustable 7 Miniature jack
01A 1 1/4
comp. fitting 8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnect lugs
Comp. fitting with bayonet cap
Options
16A and spring - 1/8" OD sheaths only 2 3/8
(2 5/8" min. 'A' dimension) MC Mating connector
[1] 13A are not available with 1/4” OD sheaths CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

148-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-1
Configuration Code PL02
Plastic General Purpose Plastic Industry RTD’s

The RTDs described below are those most commonly used, in the plastic process industry. These assemblies can be used in
many general applications where a 1/8" NPT fitting is preferred by utilizing either a compression fitting or a bayonet adapter. These
assemblies are supplied standard using 316 stainless steel sheath material and a 100 Ω platinum element with a temperature
coefficient of 0.003 85 ºC -1 and an accuracy of ± 0.3 °C @ 0 °C (DIN Class B). Note: Accuracy statement for 3-wire assemblies
only. Elements of other materials, values, and accuracies are available upon request. See General RTD Specifications, later in this
section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.
C B 1 3/4”
1 3/4” B
6” Typical

5/8” 5/8”

A A

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3 4 5
Example Order Number: RBF1853P 3 3 - 06 - 13A - F3B012 - 2, BX

1-1 RTD Element 4 Extension Leadwire Type and B+C Dimension


CODE ELEMENT CODE[1] DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX [1] CONNECTION 000 No leadwire, connector attached to sheath
RBF1853P RBF2853P 3 wire F3 _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
RBF1852P RBF2852P 2 wire F3A _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
[1] Duplex: no 1/8" OD; 3/16" OD limited to Kapton® or Teflon® leadwire. Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - stainless
F3B _ _ _
steel overbraid
1-2 Sheath Diameter Fiberglass insulation - individual leads - stranded
F3J _ _ _
conductor (12” limit)
CODE DESCRIPTION (inches)
T3 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor
[1]
2 1/8
T3A _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
3 3/16
K3 _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
4 1/4
K3A _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
[1] Only available with Kapton® or Teflon® leads.
Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel
K3B _ _ _
overbraid
1-3 Bend Angle
[1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1036=36” B length; for
CODE DESCRIPTION assemblies requiring other than the standard 6” C dimension, insert
1 Straight 3 digit C length in inches after B dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B
length with additional 12” leads beyond armor.
2 45 degree bend
3 90 degree bend 5 Terminations and Options

2 ‘A’ Dimension CODE DESCRIPTION

Insert 2 digit 'A' length in inches (1" min). EX: 06 = 6 inch 'A' dimension. 0 Leads not stripped
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped

3 Sheath Fittings 3 2" split leads with spade lugs

NOM. 4 Standard plug


CODE DESCRIPTION
LENGTH (inches) 5 Standard jack
00 No fitting
6 Miniature plug
13A[1] 7/16" ID single slot spring loaded bayonet ftg 1 5/8
7 Miniature jack
15A 1/8" NPT brass one time adjustable comp. ftg 1 1/8
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnect lugs
01A 1/8" NPT SS one time adjustable comp. fitting 1 1/4
Options
Comp. fitting with bayonet cap and spring - 1/8"
16A 2 3/8 MC Mating connector
OD sheaths only (2 5/8" min. 'A' dimension)
[1] 13A are not available with 1/4” OD sheaths CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 154-6
Configuration Code PL03
Plastic Spring Adjustable Immersion Thermocouples

The JB series spring adjustable immersion thermocouple has a bayonet cap on an 8" spring (standard) to allow for
immersion depths of 1/2" to 7". This assembly is used in a variety of applications (with a bayonet adapter) where
ease of installation and quick disconnect is preferred. A wide array of standard and metric size bayonet caps and
adapters are available. See specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other
construction specifications.
B
12” Minimum
8” Standard
1/4”

D Q

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 2 3

Example Order Number: JB A 3 U - F3B024 - 2, LS

1-1 Thermocouple Type 3 Terminations and Options


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
TYPE
SINGLE DUPLEX[1] 0 Leads not stripped
JB JJB J 2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
Other Element Types 3 2" split leads with spade lugs
For type E, K or T thermocouples replace J in 4 Standard plug
order code with required letter designation.
[1] Duplex not available with 1/8” OD tip. 5 Standard jack
6 Miniature plug
1-2 Bayonet Cap Style
7 Miniature jack
CODE DESCRIPTION
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects
7/16" ID single slot (standard)
A Options
(not available with Opt. 4 tip)
B 12 mm ID dual slot MC Mating connector

C 12 mm OD dual pin CC Cable clamp

E 15 mm ID dual slot BX Box connector


LS 12" long spring (3/16" OD only)
1-3 Tip and Spring Diameters
TIP OD ‘D’ SPRING OD ‘Q’ 2 Extension Leadwire B
CODE
DIM. (inches) DIM. (inches)
CODE[1] DESCRIPTION
2 0.125 0.203
Fiberglass insulation - stranded
F3B_ _ _
3 0.188 0.263 conductor - stainless steel overbraid
4 0.250 0.324 [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches.
EX: F3B024=24” B length.
1-4 Junction
Grounded junctions supplied as standard.
Insert 'U' only when requiring an ungrounded
junction.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

170-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-3
Configuration Code PL04
Plastic Spring Adjustable Immersion RTD’s

This RTD spring adjustable immersion sensor has a bayonet cap on an 8" spring (standard) to allow for immersion
depths of 1/2" to 7". This assembly is used in a variety of applications (with a bayonet adapter) where ease of
installation and quick disconnect is preferred. A wide array of standard and metric size bayonet caps and adapters are
available. These assemblies are supplied standard using 316 stainless steel sheath material and a 100 Ω platinum
element with a temperature coefficient of 0.003 85 ºC-1 and an accuracy of ± 0.3 °C @ 0 °C (DIN Class B). Note:
Accuracy statement for 3-wire assemblies only. Elements of other materials, values, and accuracies are available upon
request. See specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction
specifications.
B
12” Minimum
8” Standard
1/4”

D Q

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3

Example Order Number: RBF1853B A 3 - F3B024 - 2

1-1 RTD Element Type 2 Extension Length B


CODE ELEMENT CODE [1]
DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX[1] CONNECTION Fiberglass insulation - stranded
F3B_ _ _
conductor - stainless steel overbraid
RBF1853B RBF2853B 3 wire
Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
RBF1852B RBF2852B 2 wire K3B _ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
[1] Duplex assemblies available, with [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches.
Kapton® wire only. EX: F3B024=24” B length.

1-2 Bayonet Cap Style 3 Terminations and Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
7/16" ID single slot (standard) 0 Leads not stripped
A
(not available with Opt. 4 tip)
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
B 12 mm ID dual slot
3 2" split leads with spade lugs
C 12 mm OD dual pin
4 Standard plug
E 15 mm ID dual slot
5 Standard jack
1-3 Tip and Spring Diameters 6 Miniature plug
TIP SPRING 7 Miniature jack
CODE OD ‘D’ DIM. OD ‘Q’ DIM.
(inches) (inches) 8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects
3 0.188 0.263 Options
4 0.250 0.324 MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector
LS 12" long spring (3/16" OD only)

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 169-6
Configuration Code PL03
Plastic Armor Adjustable Immersion Thermocouples

The JA series armor adjustable immersion thermocouple has a bayonet cap on the flexible armor and allows for immersion
for the entire specified 'B' dimension. This assembly is used in a variety of applications (with a bayonet adapter) where ease
of installation and quick disconnect is preferred. A wide array of standard and metric size bayonet caps and adapters are
available. See General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other
construction specifications.

B C
6” Minimum
1/4”

D Q

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 2 3

Example Order Number: JA A 3 U - F3A024 - 2, BX

1-1 Thermocouple Type 3 Terminations and Options


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
TYPE
SINGLE DUPLEX 0 Leads not stripped
JA JJA J 2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
KA KKA K 3 2" split leads with spade lugs
Other Element Types 4 Standard plug
For type E and T thermocouples replace J in 5 Standard jack
order code with required letter designation.
6 Miniature plug
1-2 Bayonet Cap Style 7 Miniature jack
CODE DESCRIPTION 2" split leads with 1/4" female
8
disconnects
A 7/16" ID single slot (standard)
Options
B 12 mm ID dual slot
MC Mating connector
C 12 mm OD dual pin
CC Cable clamp
D Positive seat indicating
BX Box connector
E 15 mm ID dual slot
2 Extension Leadwire B + C
1-3 Tip and Flex Armor Diameters
CODE[1] DESCRIPTION
TIP FLEX
CODE OD ‘D’ DIM. OD ‘Q’ DIM. Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
F1A_ _ _
(inches) (inches) - flexible armor
2 0.125 0.210 Fiberglass insulation - stranded
F3A_ _ _
conductor - flexible armor
3 0.188 0.275
[1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX” F1036=36”
1-4 Junction B length; for assemblies requiring other than the
standard 6” C dimension, insert 3 digit C length in
Grounded junctions supplied as standard. inches after B dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B
Insert 'U' only when requiring an length with additional 12” leads beyond armor.
ungrounded junction.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

149-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-5
Configuration Code PL04
Plastic Armor Adjustable Immersion RTD’s

The RTD version of an armor adjustable immersion sensor has a bayonet cap on the flexible armor and allows for immersion
for the entire specified 'B' dimension. This assembly is used in a variety of applications (with a bayonet adapter) where ease of
installation and quick disconnect is preferred. A wide array of standard and metric size bayonet caps and adapters are available.
These assemblies are supplied standard using 316 stainless steel sheath material and a 100 Ω platinum element with a temperature
coefficient of 0.003 85 ºC-1 and an accuracy of ± 0.3 °C @ 0 °C (DIN Class B). Note: Accuracy statement for 3-wire assemblies
only. Elements of other materials, values, and accuracies are available upon request. See General RTD Specifications later in this
section for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.

B C
6” Minimum
1/4”

D
Q

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3

Example Order Number: RBF1853A A 3 - F3A012 - 3

1-1 RTD Element Type 2 Extension Leadwire B + C


CODE ELEMENT CODE[1] DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX[1] CONNECTION Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
F3A_ _ _
- flexible armor
RBF1852A RBF2852A 2 wire
Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor -
RBF1853A RBF2853A 3 wire K3A_ _ _
flexible armor
[1] Duplex not available with 1/8" OD; [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F3B036=36” B length;
3/16" OD limited to Kapton® leadwire. for assemblies other than standard that require leadwire
beyond the flexible armor, insert 3 digit C length after armor
1-2 Bayonet Cap Style length. EX: F3A036-012=36” B length with additional 12”
leads beyond armor.
CODE DESCRIPTION
A 7/16" ID single slot (standard) 3 Terminations and Options
B 12 mm ID dual slot CODE DESCRIPTION
C 12 mm OD dual pin 0 Leads not stripped
D Positive seat indicating 2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
E 15 mm ID dual slot 3 2" split leads with spade lugs
4 Standard plug
1-3 Tip and Flex Armor Diameters 5 Standard jack
TIP FLEX 6 Miniature plug
CODE OD ‘D’ DIM. OD ‘Q’ DIM.
(inches) (inches) 7 Miniature jack

2 0.125 0.210 8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects

3 0.188 0.275 Options


MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 155-8
Configuration Code PL05
Plastic Fiberglass Melt Bolt Thermocouples

The melt bolt thermocouple illustrated below is made of 304 stainless steel and is constructed using a fiberglass insulated
element. This style of thermocouple is used on extruders and injection molding machines to directly measure the melt
temperature of plastic as it moves down the extruder barrel. See General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this
section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.

T Bolt Length B

See Page PL-19 1/2” - 20 - 2A Bolt Thread


For Bolt Dimensions Nominal Thread Length 1 7/8”

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3 4

Example Order Number: JFMB2 3 U - 02 - F1A006 - 4

1-1 Thermocouple Type 3 Extension Leadwire B


CODE TIP CODE [1]
DESCRIPTION
DIAMETER
SINGLE DUPLEX No leadwire, connector attached to
(inches) 000
sheath
JFMB2 1/8
Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
F1A_ _ _
JFMB3 JJFMB3 3/16 - flexible armor
Other Element Types Fiberglass insulation - stranded
F3A_ _ _
conductor - flexible armor
For type E, K, or T thermocouples replace J in order
code with required letter designation. [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1A012=12”
B length; for assemblies requiring other than the
1-2 Bolt Length standard 6” C dimension, insert 3 digit C length in
CODE LENGTH (inches) inches after B dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36”
B length with additional 12” C length.
3 3
4 4
4 Terminations and Options
6 6
CODE DESCRIPTION
Consult factory for other lengths.
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
1-3 Junction 3 2" split leads with spade lugs
Grounded junctions supplied as standard. Insert 4 Standard plug
'U' only when requiring an ungrounded junction.
5 Standard jack
2 Tip Length
6 Miniature plug
‘T’ TIP LENGTH ‘T’ TIP LENGTH
CODE CODE 7 Miniature jack
(inches) (inches)
00 Flush 08 1/2 Options

02 1/8 12 3/4 MC Mating connector

04 1/4 16 1
Consult factory for other lengths.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

168-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-7
Configuration Code PL06
Plastic Melt Bolt RTD’s

The melt bolt RTD sensor illustrated below is used on extruders and injection molding machines to directly measure the melt
temperature of plastic as it moves down the extruder barrel. This sensor is made of 304 stainless steel and is constructed
using a 100 Ω platinum element with a temperature coefficient of 0.003 85 ºC-1 and an accuracy of ± 0.3 °C @ 0 °C (DIN Class
B). Note: Accuracy statement for 3-wire assemblies only. Elements of other materials, values, and accuracies are available
upon request. See General RTD Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other
construction specifications.
T Bolt Length B

See Page PL 19 1/2” - 20 - 2A Bolt Thread


For Bolt Dimensions Nominal Thread Length 1 7/8”

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3 4

Example Order Number: RBF1852MB 2 3 - 02 - F3A012 - 4

1-1 RTD Element Type 3 Extension Leadwire


CODE ELEMENT CODE[1] DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX [1] CONNECTION 000 No leadwire, connector attached to sheath
RBF1853MB RBF2853MB 3 wire Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
F3A_ _ _
- flexible armor
RBF1852MB RBF2852MB 2 wire
Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor -
Other Element Types K3A_ _ _
flexible armor
[1] Duplex not available with 1/8" OD; 3/16" OD [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1A012=12” B
limited to Kapton® leadwire. length; for assemblies requiring other than the standard
6” C dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B length with
1-2 Tip Diameter additional 12” C length.
CODE DIAMETER (inches)
4 Terminations and Options
2 1/8
CODE DESCRIPTION
3 3/16
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
1-3 Bolt Length
3 2" split leads with spade lugs
CODE LENGTH (inches)
4 Standard plug
3 3
5 Standard jack
4 4
6 Miniature plug
6 6
7 Miniature jack
Consult factory for other lengths.
8 2” split leads with 1/4” female disconnects
2 Tip Length
Options
‘T’ TIP LENGTH ‘T’ TIP LENGTH
CODE CODE MC Mating connector
(inches) (inches)
00 Flush 08 1/2
02 1/8 12 3/4
04 1/4 16 1
Consult factory for other lengths.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 156-6
Configuration Code PL05
Plastic MgO Melt Bolt Thermocouples

The melt bolt thermocouple illustrated below is used on extruders and injection molding machines to directly measure
the melt temperature of plastic as it moves down the extruder barrel. This heavy-duty style of melt bolt is made with
300 series stainless steel and is constructed using a metal sheathed MgO element. See General Thermocouple
Specifications, later in this section for other construction specifications.

T Bolt Length B

See Page PL 19
For Bolt Dimensions 1/2” - 20 - 2A Bolt Thread
Nominal Thread Length 1 7/8”

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2 3 4

ExampleOrder Number: JMMB2 3 U - 02 - 004 - 4

1-1 Thermocouple Type 3 MgO Extension B


CODE TIP CODE DESCRIPTION
DIAMETER
SINGLE DUPLEX 000 Connector 1/2” from bolt
(inches)
JMMB2 JJMMB2 1/8 0___ Insert “B” length in inches using 3 digits

JMMB3 JJMMB3 3/16


4 Terminations and Options
Other Element Types
CODE DESCRIPTION
For type E, K or T thermocouples replace J in
order code with required letter designation. 4 Standard plug
1-2 Bolt Length 5 Standard jack
CODE LENGTH (inches) 6 Miniature plug
3 3 7 Miniature jack
4 4 Options
6 6 MC Mating connector
Consult factory for other lengths. CL Compression L bracket
1-3 Junction
Grounded junctions supplied as standard. Insert
'U' only when requiring an ungrounded junction.
2 Tip Length
‘T’ TIP LENGTH ‘T’ TIP LENGTH
CODE CODE
(inches) (inches)
00 Flush 08 1/2
02 1/8 12 3/4
04 1/4 16 1
Consult factory for other lengths.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

151-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-9
Configuration Code PL07
Plastic Nozzle Melt Thermocouples

This nozzle melt thermocouple is placed into the nozzle of a plastic injection molding machine and senses the actual temperature of
the molten plastic prior to being injected into the mold. See General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section, for temperature
ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.
B
1 3/4" A
1 3/8" B
Minimum
Minimum
A 2 1/4"

Rotating Bolt
1.25" 0.210" OD Flex
3/8" - 24 UNF - 2A Thread Tip

0.125"

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4

Example Order Number: JNM32 - 04 - F3B036 - 3, BX


1 Thermocouple Type 3 Extension Length B
TIP CODE [1]
DESCRIPTION
CODE INSULATION BEND LENGTH
(inches) 000 No leadwire, connector attached to sheath

JNM12 Fiberglass Straight 1/8 F1_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor

JNM14 Fiberglass Straight 1/4 Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor


F1A _ _ _
- flexible armor
JNM22 Fiberglass 45º 1/8
F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
JNM24 Fiberglass 45º 1/4 Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
F3A _ _ _
JNM32 Fiberglass 90º 1/8 - flexible armor
JNM34 Fiberglass 90º 1/4 Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
F3B _ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
Other Element Types
[1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1A012=12” B
For type E, K, or T thermocouples replace J in length; for assemblies requiring other than the standard 6” C
order code with required letter designation. dimension, insert 3 digit C length in inches after B dimension.
EX: F1A036-012=36” B length with additional 12” C length.
2 Sheath extension A
4 Terminations and Options
Insert 'A' dimension in inches using 2 digits.
CODE DESCRIPTION
0 Leads not stripped
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
3 2" split leads with spade lugs
4 Standard plug
5 Standard jack
6 Miniature plug
7 Miniature jack
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects
Options
MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-10 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 152-6
Configuration Code PL08
Plastic Threaded Nozzle Thermocouples

The threaded nozzle thermocouple illustrated below is generally used to measure the temperature of the nozzle of an injection
molding machine. This style is not in direct contact with the molten plastic. Due to the relatively small size of this sensor, other
general areas of use include mounting in bearing housings, sealing bars, heat plates, and other limited space applications. See
General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction
specifications.
B
Rotating Bolt
B
Rotating Bolt
D Tip C

D Tip C

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 2 3 4

Example Order Number: JTN U - F6 - F1B024 - 2

1-1 Thermocouple Type 3 Extension Length B


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE[1] WIRE DESCRIPTION
JTN Iron - Constantan F1 _ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
Other Element Types Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
F1B_ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
For type E, K or T thermocouples replace
J in order code with required letter F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
designation. Fiberglass insulation - stranded
F3B_ _ _
conductor - stainless steel overbraid
1-2 Junction
K1_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - solid conductor
Grounded junctions supplied as standard.
Insert 'U' only when requiring an ungrounded K3 _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
junction. [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F3B024=24” B length.

2 Bolt Designation 4 Terminations and Options


NOZZLE SIZE CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE ‘D’ TIP ‘C’
THREADS 0 Leads not stripped
(inches) LENGTH
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
F6 1/4" - 28 3/16 3/8"
3 2" split leads with spade lugs
G8 3/8" - 24 1/4 1/2"
4 Standard plug
I6 6 mm x 1 mm 3/16 10 mm
5 Standard jack
K6 8 mm x 1.25 mm 1/4 10 mm
6 Minature plug
M10 10 mm x 1.50 mm 1/4 16 mm
7 Miniature jack
Other bolt sizes available consult factory.
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects
Options
MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

167-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-11
Configuration Code PL09
Plastic Threaded Nozzle RTD’s

The threaded nozzle RTD illustrated below is generally used to measure the temperature of the nozzle of an injection molding
machine. This style is not in direct contact with the molten plastic. Due to the relatively small size of this sensor, other general areas
of use include mounting in bearing housings, sealing bars, heat plates, and other limited space applications. These assemblies are
supplied standard using a 100 ohm platinum element with a temperature coefficient of 0.003 85 ºC-1 and an accuracy of ± 0.3 °C
@ 0 °C (DIN Class B). Note: Accuracy statement for 3-wire assemblies only. Elements of other materials, values, and accuracies
are available upon request. See General RTD Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type
and other construction specifications.
B

Rotating Bolt

D Tip C

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4

Example Order Number: RBF1852TN - F6 - F3B012 - 2

1 RTD Element Type 3 Extension Length B


CODE ELEMENT CONNECTION CODE[1] WIRE DESCRIPTION

RBF1853TN 3 wire F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor

RBF1852TN 2 wire Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor


F3B_ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
K3_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
2 Bolt Designation
Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
K3B _ _ _
NOZZLE SIZE - stainless steel overbraid
CODE ‘D’ TIP ‘C’ [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX:
THREADS F3B024=24” B length
(inches) LENGTH
F6 1/4" - 28 3/16 3/8"
4 Terminations and Options
G8 3/8" - 24 1/4 1/2"
CODE DESCRIPTION
I6 6 mm x 1 mm 3/16 10 mm
0 Leads not stripped
K6 8 mm x 1.25 mm 1/4 10 mm
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
M10 10 mm x 1.50 mm 1/4 16 mm
3 2" split leads with spade lugs
Other bolt sizes available consult factory.
4 Standard plug
5 Standard jack
6 Miniature plug
7 Miniature jack
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects
Options
MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-12 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 157-7
Configuration Code PL10
Plastic Ring Thermocouples

The ring type assemblies pictured below have the thermocouples embedded either into a stainless steel stamping for
grounded junctions (fig.1) or a brass ring for ungrounded junctions (fig. 2). Various ring sizes are available to measure
the surface temperature of nozzles, extruder barrels, die heads, molds, and many other applicable surfaces. See
General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other
construction specifications.
B
B
L
L
0.060” Thick
W W

ID 3/16” OD x 3/4” Long


ID
1/4” Thick

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: JRS1 - F3012 - 8


FIG. 1
1 Grounded Thermocouples - Ring Size 2 Extension Leadwire B
[1]
RING SIZE CODE DESCRIPTION
SCREW
CODE ID W L or BOLT SIZE F1_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
(inches) (inches) (inches)
Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor
JRS1 0.20 3/8 7/8 #6 - #10 4mm-5mm F1B _ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
#12, 1/4" - 5/16"
JRS2 0.33 7/16 1 F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
5mm - 8mm
5/16" - 3/8" Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
JRS3 0.40 9/16 1 1/8 F3B _ _ _
8mm - 10mm - stainless steel overbraid
T1 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - solid conductor
FIG. 2
1 Ungrounded Thermocouples - Ring Size T3 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor
RING SIZE K1 _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - solid conductor
CODE ID W L SCREW SIZE [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F3B024=24” B length.
(inches) (inches) (inches)
JRB1U 0.20 3/8 5/8 #6 - #10 4mm-5mm 3 Terminations and Options
#12, 1/4" - 5/16" CODE DESCRIPTION
JRB2U 0.33 5/8 7/8
5mm - 8mm
0 Leads not stripped
5/16" - 3/8"
JRB3U 0.40 5/8 7/8 2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
8mm - 10mm
Other Element Types 3 2" split leads with spade lugs
For type E, K, or T thermocouples replace J in order 4 Standard plug
code with required letter designation.
5 Standard jack
6 Miniature plug
7 Miniature jack
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnect lugs
Options
MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

164-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-13
Configuration Code PL11
Plastic Ring RTD’s

The ring type assembly pictured below has the RTD element embedded into a brass ring. Various ring sizes are available to measure the surface
temperature of nozzles, extruder barrels, die heads, molds, and many other applicable surfaces. This assembly is supplied standard using a 100 Ω
platinum element with a temperature coefficient of 0.003 85 °C-1 and an accuracy of ± 0.3 °C @ 0 °C (DIN Class B). Note: Accuracy statement for
3-wire assemblies only. Elements of other materials, values, and accuracies are available upon request. See General RTD Specifications, later in
this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.
B
L

W
3/16” OD x 1 1/4” Long
ID
1/4” Thick Brass

ORDER CODES
1 1-2 2 3

Example Order Number: RBF1853RB 2 - F3B012 - 2


1-1 RTD Element Type 2 Extension Leadwire Type and B + C Dimension
CODE ELEMENT CODE[1] WIRE DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX [1] CONNECTION F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
RBF1853RB RBF2853RB 3 wire F3A_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
RBF1852RB RBF2852RB 2 wire Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - stainless
F3B_ _ _
® steel overbraid
[1] Duplex assemblies available with Kapton or
Teflon® wire only. T3_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor

1-2 Ring Size T3A_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
K3_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
CODE ID
W L
SCREW SIZE
(inches) (inches) (inches)
K3A_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
#6 - #10 4mm
1 0.20 3/8 5/8 Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - stainless
- 5mm K3B _ _ _
steel overbraid
#12, 1/4" - 5/16"
2 0.33 5/8 7/8 [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1A012=12” B length; for
5mm - 8mm
assemblies requiring other than the standard 6” C dimension, insert
5/16" - 3/8" 3 digit C length in inches after B dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B
3 0.40 5/8 7/8
8mm - 10mm length with additional 12” C length.

3 Terminations and Options


CODE DESCRIPTION
0 Leads not stripped
2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
3 2" split leads with spade lugs
4 Standard plug
5 Standard jack
6 Miniature plug
7 Miniature jack
8 2" split leads with 1/4" female disconnects
Options
MC Mating connector
CC Cable clamp
BX Box connector

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-14 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 166-6
Configuration Code PL12
Plastic Spade Thermocouples

The thermocouples illustrated below are generally used for surface temperature measurement. The spade has the
thermocouple sandwiched between two thin shims of either stainless steel or fiberglass. Using a worm drive hose clamp
the spade can be formed and secured to the outside of any size tube or pipe. It can be strapped in place on the barrel
of an extruder, or it can be used under heater bands. See General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section,
for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction specifications.

STAINLESS STEEL SPADE THERMOCOUPLE FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS SPADE THERMOCOUPLE


B B
1 3/16” 1”

1” 1”
0.090” 20 Gauge 24 Gauge
0.020” Thick

ORDER CODES

1 2 3

Example Order Number: JSS - F1B036 - 3

1 Thermocouple Type 3 Terminations and Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
JSS Stainless steel spade 0 Leads not stripped
JST Flexible fiberglass spade 204 °C [400 °F] max 2 2" split leads, 1/4" stripped
Nominal spade thickness is 0.020" min to 0.090" max 3 2" split leads with spade lugs
Other Element Types 4 Standard plug
For type E, K, or T thermocouples replace J in order 5 Standard jack
code wtih required letter designation.
6 Miniature plug
7 Miniature jack
2 Extension Leadwire B
2" split leads with 1/4" female
CODE[1] DESCRIPTION 8
disconnects
F1_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor Options
Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor MC Mating connector
F1B _ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
CC Cable clamp
F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
BX Box connector
Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
F3B _ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
T1 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - solid conductor
T3 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor
K1 _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - solid conductor
[1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F3B024=24” B
length.

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

150-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-15
Configuration Code PL13
Plastic Insulated Wire Type Thermocouples

The multiple purpose thermocouples listed below are constructed with insulated thermocouple wire and provided with
twisted and TIG welded hot junctions. A variety of insulations and overbraids are offered to satisfy many industrial
processes, furnace certification, load checking, and laboratory test temperature measurement applications.

B B
1”

Option L 3/16” OD
B
3”

Option C

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: K20-1-S-304 - 072 - 4

3 Terminations
1 Thermocouple and Insulation Type and Options
CODE INSULATION CODE DESCRIPTION
WIRE COND. INSULATION[1] LIMITS OF
(Insert T/C Type TEMP Leads not
GA. TYPE ERROR[2] 0
Prefix Letter) RATING ºF stripped
(J,K,E) 20-1-304 20 Solid Fiberglass 482 ºC [900 ºF] Standard 2" split leads,
2
1/4” stripped
(J,K) 20-1-S-304 20 Solid Fiberglass/SS ovb. 482 ºC [900 ºF] Standard
Leads split 2"
3
(K) 20-3-302 20 Strnd Fiberglass 482 ºC [900 ºF] Standard with spade lugs
(J,K) 20-3-S-317 20 Strnd Fiberglass/SS ovb. 482 ºC [900 ºF] Standard 4 Standard plug
(J,K) 20-2-321 20 Solid Hi-temp fiberglass 704 ºC [1300 ºF] Special 6 Miniature plug
(J,K,E) 20-1-508 20 Solid ®
Teflon (TFE) 260 ºC [500 ºF] Standard Options
(J,K) 20-2-513 20 Solid Kapton® 316 ºC [600 ºF] Special Mating
MC
connector
(K) 20-2-301 20 Solid Vitreous sil. fiber 871 ºC [1600 ºF] Special
CC Cable clamp
(K) 20-2-350 20 Solid Ceramic fiber 1204 ºC [2200 ºF] Special
Ungrounded
(K) 20-2-N-350 20 Solid Cer.fiber/Inc. ovb. 1204 ºC [2200 ºF] Special L
hot junction
(J,K) 24-1-304 24 Solid Fiberglass 482 ºC [900 ºF] Standard 3" ceramic
C insulator at hot
(J,K,T) 24-1-508 24 Solid Teflon® (TFE) 260 ºC [500 ºF] Standard junction
(J,K,T) 30-1-305 30 Solid Fiberglass 482 ºC [900 ºF] Standard
®
(J,K,T) 30-2-506 30 Solid Teflon (FEP) 204 ºC [400 ºF] Special
[1] See Wire Section, for add'l. insulation specifications. 2 Length
[2] Consult factory for availability of non-listed Special Limits of Error wire. Insert 3 Digit Length
Order Code in Inches.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-16 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 81-7
Configuration Code PL14
Plastic Flexible Thermocouple Extensions

The flexible thermocouple extensions illustrated below are constructed using thermocouple wire or thermocouple extension
wire. They are used as extension cords to provide suitable connections between sensors, jack panels, or instrumentation. See
General Thermocouple Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction
specifications.
C
B B
6” Typical

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: JE6, CC - F1B036 - 4, CC

1 Terminations 2 Extension Leadwire 3 Terminations


and Options B + C Dimension and Options
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE[1] DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
2" split leads with F1_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor 0 No termination
JE1 compensated spade
Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor - 2” split leads with
lugs F1A _ _ _
flexible armor 1 compensated
2" split leads, 1/4" spade lugs
JE2 Fiberglass insulation - solid conductor -
stripped F1B _ _ _
stainless steel overbraid 2" split leads, 1/4"
2" split leads with spade 2
JE3 stripped
lugs F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor 2" split leads with
JE4 Standard plug 3
Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor spade lugs
F3A _ _ _
JE5 Standard jack - flexible armor 4 Standard plug
JE6 Miniature plug Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor 5 Standard jack
F3B _ _ _
- stainless steel overbraid
JE7 Miniature jack 6 Miniature plug
T1 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - solid conductor
2" split leads with 1/4" 7 Miniature jack
JE8 Teflon® insulation - solid conductor -
female disconnects T1A _ _ _
flexible armor 2" split leads
For type E, K, or T thermocouples 8 with 1/4" female
replace J in order code with T3 _ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor disconnect lugs
required letter designation. Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor -
T3A _ _ _ Options
Options flexible armor
BX Box connector
K1 _ _ _ Kapton® insulation - solid conductor
BX Box connector
Kapton® insulation - solid conductor - CC Cable clamp
CC Cable clamp K1A _ _ _
flexible armor 1/2" NPT plastic
1/2" NPT plastic cord CG
CG PVC insulated - stranded conductor - cord grip
grip C3 _ _ _ coil cord (only available in 60” and 120” MC Mating connector
MC Mating connector extended lengths)
RB Rubber boot
RB Rubber boot [1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1A012=12” B
SP Solid pin plug
SP Solid pin plug length; for assemblies requiring other than the standard
6” C dimension, insert 3 digit C length in inches after B
dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B length with additional
12” C length.
For PVC or Teflon® coated flex, substitute suffix code A with P
for PVC and T for Teflon® coating. Example: F3P is stranded
fiberglass leads with PVC flex.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

153-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-17
Configuration Code PL15
Plastic Flexible RTD Extensions

The flexible RTD extensions illustrated below are constructed using stranded copper wire with various insulations. They
are used as extension cords to provide suitable connections between sensors, jack panels, or instrumentation. See
General RTD Specifications, later in this section, for temperature ratings on selected wire type and other construction
specifications.

B C
6” Typical B

ORDER CODES
1 2 3

Example Order Number: RT3E4, CC - F3B036 - 2

1 Terminations 2 Extension Leadwire 3 Terminations


and Options and B + C Dimension and Options
CODE CODE[1] DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
2 WIRE 3 WIRE Fiberglass insulation - stranded 0 No termination
F3_ _ _
conductor
2" split leads, 2" split leads,
RT2E2 RT3E2 Fiberglass insulation - stranded 2
1/4" stripped F3A _ _ _ 1/4" stripped
conductor - flexible armor
2" split leads 2" split leads
RT2E3 RT3E3 Fiberglass insulation - stranded 3
with spade lugs F3B _ _ _ with spade lugs
conductor - stainless steel overbraid
RT2E4 RT3E4 Standard plug 4 Standard plug
Teflon® insulation - stranded
RT2E5 RT3E5 Standard jack T3 _ _ _ 5 Standard jack
conductor
RT2E6 RT3E6 Miniature plug Teflon® insulation - stranded 6 Miniature plug
T3A _ _ _
conductor - flexible armor
RT2E7 RT3E7 Miniature jack 7 Miniature jack
Kapton® insulation - stranded
2" split leads K3_ _ _ 2" split leads
conductor
RT2E8 RT3E8 with 1/4" female 8 with 1/4" female
Kapton® insulation - stranded
disconnects K3A_ _ _ disconnects
conductor - flexible armor
Options Kapton® insulation - stranded Options
K3B _ _ _
BX Box connector conductor - stainless steel overbraid BX Box connector
CC Cable clamp PVC insulated - stranded conductor CC Cable clamp
C3 _ _ _ - coil cord (only available in 60” and
CG 1/2" NPT plastic cord grip 120” extended lengths) 1/2" NPT
CG
plastic cord grip
MC Mating connector
[1] Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EX: F1036=36” Mating
RB Rubber boot MC
B length; for assemblies requiring other than the connector
standard 6” C dimension, insert 3 digit C length in
RB Rubber boot
inches after B dimension. EX: F1A036-012=36” B
length with additional 12” leads beyond armor.
For PVC or Teflon® coated flex, substitute suffix
code A with P for PVC and T for Teflon® coating.
Example: T3P is stranded Teflon® leads with PVC
flex.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-18 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 158-8
Plastic Plastic Industry Sensor Accessories

1”
Adapter Length 2 3/8”
Metric Thread

1/8” NPT

Metric To
Bayonet Fitting Adapters 1/8” NPT Adapters Adjustable Bayonet Cap
LENGTH THREAD METRIC SHEATH
CODE CODE
(inches) (inches) THREADS (mm) CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION
(inches)
705-0.88 7/8 1/8 NPT 40001 10 x 1.5
718 1/16 Adjustable
705-1.25 1 1/4 1/8 NPT 40002 12 x 1
bayonet
705-1.5 1 1/2 1/8 NPT 40003 12 x 1.5 728 1/8 cap and spring
705-2 2 1/8 NPT 40004 14 x 1.5
705-2.25 2 1/4 1/8 NPT 40005 14 x 2
705-2.5 2 1/2 1/8 NPT Adds 1" to bayonet adapter
length.
705-3.5 3 1/2 1/8 NPT
735-0.88 7/8 3/8 - 24
735-1.5 1 1/2 3/8 - 24
735-2.5 2 1/2 3/8 - 24
Positive Bottoming
735-3.5 3 1/2 3/8 - 24 Indicating Bayonet Cap
745-1 1 12mm x 1
CODE DESCRIPTION
The plated steel bayonet adapt er
ac com mo dates the bay o net lock cap Adjustable bayonet cap
assembly to bottom the hot junction in D702 - A - 2 for 0.210"OD flex with red
holes in machine walls, cylinder, or dies. bottoming indication

Diameter

2”

Pipe Clamp Adapters 1/2 - 20 - 2A Thread


1/4” 1 7/8” Nominal Thread Length
CLAMP DIA. JPS PIPE PIPE DIAMETER
CODE
MIN. / MAX. (inches) SIZE (inches) (inches)
0.308”
PCA-075 11/16 - 1 1/4 1/2 - 3/4 IPS 0.840 - 1.050
45º Bevel
PCA-150 1 1/16 - 2 1 - 1 1/2 IPS 1.315 - 1.900 1/2” OD

PCA-250 2 1/16 - 3 2 - 2 1/2 IPS 2.375 - 2.875


Blank Melt Bolts
PCA-350 3 5/16 - 4 1/4 3 - 3 1/2 IPS 3.500 - 4.000
CODE DESCRIPTION (inches)
PCA-400 4 1/8 - 5 4 IPS 4.500
743 3 blank bolt
Use 2(3/4)" sensor 'A' dimension when using fixed bayonet type
thermocouples with above adapters. 746 6 blank bolt

© Copyright 2005 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

159-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-19
Plastic General Thermocouple Specifications

Thermocouple Leadwire Table


WIRE T/C
CONDUCTOR INSULATION OUTER COVERING MAXIMUM TEMP.
CODE AVAILABILITY
F1 Solid J, K, T, E Fiberglass None 482 °C [900 °F]
F1A Solid J, K, T, E Fiberglass Stainless steel flex armor 482 °C [900 °F]
F1B Solid J, K, T, E Fiberglass Stainless steel overbraid 482 °C [900 °F]
F3 Stranded J, K, T, E Fiberglass None 482 °C [900 °F]
F3A Stranded J, K, T, E Fiberglass Stainless steel flex armor 482 °C [900 °F]
F3B Stranded J, K, T, E Fiberglass Stainless steel overbraid 482 °C [900 °F]
®
T1 Solid J, K, T, E Teflon None 204 °C [400 °F]
T1A Solid J, K, T, E Teflon® Stainless steel flex armor 204 °C [400 °F]
®
T3 Stranded J, K, T, E Teflon None 204 °C [400 °F]
T3A Stranded J, K, T, E Teflon® Stainless steel flex armor 204 °C [400 °F]
®
K1 Solid J, K, E Kapton None 316 °C [600 °F]
K1A Solid J, K, E Kapton® Stainless steel flex armor 316 °C [600 °F]
C3 Stranded J, K, T, E Polyurethane cord set None 104 °C [220 °F]
All sensors are constructed in accordance with the above wire code table using 20 ga. thermocouple wire. Exceptions
are 1/8" sheath diameters and duplex elements which are constructed with 24 ga. wire, as required.
Type T thermocouples rated to 700 °F maximum.
Standard limits of error is supplied as standard in all order numbers. Consult factory for availability of special limits
of error wire.
Thermocouple Color Codes: Wire-Connectors
T/C POSITIVE (+) NEGATIVE (-) T/C WIRE EXT. WIRE PLUGS
TYPE LEG LEG OVERALL OVERALL & JACKS
E Purple Red Brown Purple Purple
J White Red Brown Black Black
K Yellow Red Brown Yellow Yellow
T Blue Red Brown Blue Blue

Bayonet Caps

7/16" ID SINGLE SLOT 12MM ID DOUBLE SLOT 12MM OD DUAL PIN 15MM ID DOUBLE SLOT
ORDER CODE: A ORDER CODE: B ORDER CODE: C ORDER CODE: E

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS
SHEATHS: Sheaths are 316 stainless steel and are available in 1/8", 3/16", and 1/4" OD tube diameters.
PLUGS and JACKS: Both standard and miniature size plugs and jacks are rated at 350 °F maximum temperature.
FLEXIBLE ARMOR: Constructed of 302 stainless steel with diameters of 0.275" OD on standard size and 0.207"
OD on small flex.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

160-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com PL-I
Plastic General RTDs Specifications

RTD SPECIFICATIONS

Standard RTD Element Availability Leadwire Resistance


RESISTANCE TEMP. ACCURACY UNCOMPENSATED
MATERIAL TYPE
@ 0 ºC COEF. @ 0 ºC RESISTANCE 2 WIRE CIRCUITS
LEADWIRE
Platinum Thin film 100 Ω 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.12% OHMS MAX. LENGTH ERROR IN
GAUGE
PER FOOT FOR 1 ºF PER
Above table indicates initial accuracy only. Lead resistance has a ºF ERROR DOUBLE FT.
large effect on RTD temperature measurement accuracy. A two wire
circuit provides no compensation and can provide large measurement 30 0.110 0.97 Ft. 1.03 °F
errors. The leadwire resistance table shows the effects of leadwire 28 0.0679 1.58 Ft. 0.63 °F
resistance on a two wire circuit using copper leadwire.
24 0.0259 4.13 Ft. 0.24 °F
22 0.0160 6.68 Ft. 0.15 °F
20 0.0097 11.03 Ft. 0.09 °F
RTD Leadwire Table
WIRE CODE CONDUCTOR INSULATION OUTER COVERING MAXIMUM TEMP.
F3 Stranded Fiberglass None 482 °C [900 °F]
F3A Stranded Fiberglass Stainless steel flex armor 482 °C [900 °F]
F3B Stranded Fiberglass Stainless steel overbraid 482 °C [900 °F]
F3J Stranded Fiberglass None (individual leads) 482 °C [900 °F]
T3 Stranded Teflon ®
None 204 °C [400 °F]
T3A Stranded Teflon ®
Stainless steel flex armor 204 °C [400 °F]
T3J Stranded Teflon ®
None (individual leads) 204 °C [400 °F]
K3 Stranded Kapton ®
None 316 °C [600 °F]
K3A Stranded Kapton ®
Stainless steel flex armor 316 °C [600 °F]
K3B Stranded Kapton® Stainless steel overbraid 316 °C [600 °F]
C3 Stranded Polyurethane cord set None 104 °C [220 °F]
All sensors are constructed in accordance with the above wire code table using 24 ga. leadwire. Exceptions are duplex elements which
use 28 ga. leadwire.

RTD WIRING DIAGRAMS

2 WIRE SINGLE 2 WIRE DUPLEX


RED
RED RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

GREEN
BLACK SHEATHS: Sheaths are 316 stainless steel and are available in 1/8",
WHITE
RED
WHITE
3/16", and 1/4" OD tube diameters.
RED

3 WIRE SINGLE 3 WIRE DUPLEX PLUGS and JACKS: Both standard and miniature size plugs and
RED RED jacks are rated at 350 °F maximum temperature.
RED RED
BLACK FLEXIBLE ARMOR: Constructed of 300 Series stainless steel with
BLACK diameters of 0.275" OD on 3/16” and 1/4” OD sheath sizes and 0.207"
WHITE OD on 1/8” OD sheath size.
GREEN
WHITE

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

PL-II Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 161-5
Configuration Code RT01
RTD Assemblies with Extension Leadwire
RTD Configuration Code RT02
RTD Assemblies with Sheath Terminations
The RTD elements illustrated and described on this page are designed to measure temperature in a variety of process and laboratory
applications. These RTDs are specifically designed for use in two different process temperature ranges and will provide accurate and
repeatable temperature measurement through a broad range. Low range RTDs are constructed using Teflon® insulated silver plated copper
internal leads, with potting compounds to resist moisture penetration. High range RTDs are constructed with nickel internal leads inside
swaged MgO insulated cable to allow higher temperature measurements at the RTD element and to provide higher temperature lead
protection along the sheath. The following tables allow customer selection of standard element materials, initial accuracies, sheath materials
and diameters, mounting fittings and terminations. Custom built assemblies with non-standard specifications are available upon request.

1”
Typical Sensitive Portion

X B

ORDER CODES
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4
Page Page Page Page
Example Order Number: R5T185L 48 3 - 006 - RTD-2 - RTD-3 - RTD-4 - RTD-5

1-1 Single Platinum RTD Elements 1-2 Available Sheath Diameters 316SS 1-4 Length
INITIAL ELEMENT BASE RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE CODE
CODE CODE
ACCURACY @ 0 ºC @ 0 ºC COEFFICIENT
3 Digit ‘X’ Length
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC [-328 to 400] ºF 1/8” OD 3/16” OD 1/4” OD 3/8” OD
R1T185L ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68 1-3 Element Connection
R3T185L ± 0.03% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68 CODE DESCRIPTION
R5T185L ± 0.01% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68 2 2 wire
R1T192L ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC -1 28 38 48 68 3 3 wire
R3T192L ± 0.03% 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC -1 28 38 48 68 4[1] 4 wire
R1T125L ± 0.1% 200 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 N/A 38 48 68 [1] Not available in duplex
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC [-40 to 400] ºF
RBF185L ± 0.12% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68
RAF185L ± 0.06% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68
RBF155L ± 0.12% 500 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68
RBF195L ± 0.12% 1000 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC [-328 to 1112] ºF
R1T185H ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 28 38 48 68
R1T192H ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC -1 28 38 48 68

1-1 Duplex Platinum RTD Elements 1-2 Available Sheath Diameters 316SS 1-2A
INITIAL ELEMENT BASE RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE NOMINAL
CODE CODE TIP DIA. TIP
ACCURACY @ 0 ºC @ 0 ºC COEFFICIENT SHEATH
CODE OD LENGTH
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC [-328 to 400] ºF 3/16” OD 1/4” OD 3/8” OD DIAMETER
(inches) (inches)
(inches)
R1T285L ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68
88R48 1/2 1/4 1 1/4
R3T285L ± 0.03% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68
68R38 3/8 3/16 1 1/4
R5T285L ± 0.01% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68
48R28 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
R1T292L ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC -1 38 48 68
R3T292L ± 0.03% 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC -1 38 48 68
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC [-40 to 400] ºF
RBF285L ± 0.12% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68 REDUCED TIP RTD’s
RAF285L ± 0.06% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68
Table 1-2A lists RTD elements with reduced tip
RBF295L ± 0.12% 1000 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68 sheaths. To order, use order code numbers
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC [-328 to 1112] ºF from Tbl. 1-2A in place of straight sheath order
code numbers from Tbl. 1-2. Other reduced
R1T285H ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC -1 38 48 68 tips are available upon request. EXAMPLE:
R1T292H ± 0.1% 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC -1 38 48 68 R1T185L88R483-006.

Consult factory for other RTD types.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

51-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com RTD-1
Configuration Code RT01
RTD Configuration Code RT02
Optional Sheath Mounting Fittings and Bends
Select Sheath Mounting or Bend Options as desired from tables below.

COMPRESSION FITTING BAYONET CAP and SPRING (OPTION 13A)


X COLD LEG X
A
90º Bend
1/2” R (1/8”, 3/16”, 1/4” OD) 1 5/8”
1” R (3/8” OD)

HOT LEG
ADJUSTABLE FLANGE (OPTION 14)
U X
FIXED BUSHING
X

ORDER CODES
2
PAGE PAGE PAGE
Example Order Number: R5T185L483-006 - 01A,304 - RTD 3 - RTD 4 - RTD 5

2-1 No Fitting or Bend Options 2-6 Miscellaneous Options


CODE 00 AVALABLE SHEATH
CODE TYPE DIAMETER
2-2 One-time Adjustable Compression Fittings (inches)
AVALABLE 13A _ _[1] Spring-loaded bayonet fitting 1/8, 3/16
NPT
PRESSURE SHEATH Adjustable flange with brass
CODE TYPE SIZE 14 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
RATED DIAMETERS compression fitting
(inches)
(inches) Spring-loaded adjustable bayonet
16A 1/8
01A 303 stainless steel 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 compression fitting
05A 316 stainless steel 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 [1] When ordering fixed bayonet fitting specify dimension "A". EX: order
code 13A06 is for a fixed bayonet adapter with 6" A Dimension.
05B 316 stainless steel 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
05C 316 stainless steel 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 2-5 Fixed Bushings
15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 MOUNTING AVALABLE SHEATH
CODE
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 THREAD NPT DIAMETERS
316 SS (inches) (inches)
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8
8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
2-3 Re-adjustable Compression Fittings 8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
NPT AVALABLE SHEATH 8C _ _ [1]
1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
CODE TYPE SIZE DIAMETERS
8D _ _[1] 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
(inches) (inches)
10A 303 stainless steel 1/8 1/8, 3/16 [1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above, plus
insertion length "U", as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded
10B 303 stainless steel 1/4 1/4, 3/8 bushing. EX: order code 8A06 is 1/8" NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6"
10C 303 stainless steel 1/2 1/4, 3/8 from hot tip.

12A 316 stainless steel 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 2-4 Sheath Bends
12B 316 stainless steel 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 CODE DESCRIPTION
12C 316 stainless steel 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 2__ Sheath bent 45º
11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 3__ Sheath bent 90º
11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 2” minimum hot leg length
11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8 When ordering bend options, specify hot leg dim. "U". Ex :order code
19C Spring loaded SS well fitting 1/2 3/16, 1/4 206 is a 45° bend with 6" hot leg. Total sheath length is Table 1 "X"
length = hot leg plus cold leg.
Teflon® gland standard 204 ºC [400 °F] max. For lava gland 649 ºC
[1200 °F] max. opt. 10A and 10B only use letter suffix "L" after
compression fitting order code. EX: 10AL for lava gland.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

RTD-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 53-8
Configuration Code RT02
Sheath Terminations
RTD Configuration Code RT01
Lead Wire Transitions
X X B

X B

RT02 ORDER CODES RT01


Example Order Number:
3-1 3-2
PAGE PAGE
R5T185L483-006-00 - 4, MC or R5T185L483-006-01A,304 - 16 - RTD-5 - RTD-6

3-1 Plug and Jack Sheath Terminations 3-2 Leadwire transitions


(Requires Tbl. 4 and 5 selections)
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 Standard plug
Same size transition with heat shrink tubing
5 Standard jack 13[1]
104 ºC [220 ºF]
6 Miniature plug Extension leadwire transition with relief spring
15
204 ºC [400 ºF]
7 Miniature jack
Extension leadwire transition with heat shrink
Options 16
tubing 104 ºC [220 ºF]
MC Mating connector Same size transition without heat shrink tubing
18[1]
204 ºC [400 ºF]
CL Compression L bracket to hold plug to sheath
Extension leadwire transition without spring or
19
heat shrink 204 ºC [400 ºF]
3-1 Sheath Terminations
Options
CODE DESCRIPTION High temperature potting 538 ºC [1000 ºF]
HT [1]
14 [1]
Ceramic wafer block not available with option 13 or 16
22 [2]
3” individual leads with terminal pins [1] Not available with flex armor
[1] Duplex available in 2 wire only [2] Not available with option 13 or 16. When specifying high
[2] High temp RTD’s are supplied with 1” long transition temp potting with Flex Armor option 19 must be selected.

3-2 Threaded Fittings with Extension Leadwire


(Requires Tbl. 4 and 5 selections)
CODE DESCRIPTION

6HN23 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple

8HN23 1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple


1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no
9HP23
process threads)
3/4” process x 1/2” NPT stainless steel
8RNDC23
hex nipple

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

54-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com RTD-3
Configuration Code RT01
RTD Extension Leadwire Options

Select desired leadwire type by order code number, followed by desired length in inches.
B B

B C

6” standard

ORDER CODES
4 5
PAGE
Example Order Number: R5T185L483-006-01A,304-16 - T3 036 - RTD 5

4 Extension Leadwire Type and B + C Dimension


CODE DESCRIPTION TEMP. RATING
FIBERGLASS
F3J_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - individual leads - stranded conductor (12” limit)
F3_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor
482 ºC [900 ºF]
F3A_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
F3B_ _ _ Fiberglass insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid
TEFLON®
T3J_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - individual leads - stranded conductor (12” limit)
T3_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor
T3A_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor
T3B_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid
204 ºC [400 ºF]
Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid -
M3_ _ _
Teflon® insulation
T3M_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - mylar shield
T3MA_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - mylar shield - flexible armor
KAPTON®
K3_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor
K3A_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - flexible armor 316 ºC [600 ºF]
K3B_ _ _ Kapton® insulation - stranded conductor - stainless steel overbraid
SILICON RUBBER
S3_ _ _ Teflon® insulation - stranded conductor - silicon rubber 204 ºC [400 ºF]
COIL CORDS
C3060 PVC insulation - stranded conductor - coil cord - 60” extended length
104 ºC [220 ºF]
C3120 PVC insulation - stranded conductor - coil cord - 120” extended length

Insert wire code number and 3 digit ‘B’ length in inches EX: T3036 = 36” B length

For assemblies requiring leadwire beyond the flexible armor (illustrated in 'C' in drawing), insert 3 digit 'C' length after armor length.
EX: F3A036 -012 = 36" B length with additional 12" 'C' length leads beyond armor.

All insulated leadwires in flexible armor are available with either extruded PVC or Teflon® covering over the flexible armor.
Substitute suffix codes T (Teflon®) or P (PVC) for the suffix 'A' code above. EXAMPLE: T3T is Teflon® covered armor.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

RTD-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 55-7
Configuration Code RT01
RTD Leadwire Terminations and Options

Select desired leadwire termination and options (if desired), by order code numbers below.

OPTION #3 OPTION #4, 4MC

OPTION #8 OPTION #6, 6MC

ORDER CODES
5-1 5-2

Example Order Number: R5T185L483-006-01A,304-16-T3036 - 4, MC

5-1 Terminations 5-2 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
0 Leads not stripped BX 1/2” NPT BX connector with Options 0, 2, 3, or 8
2 2” split leads, 1/4” stripped CC Plug or jack secured to leads with cable clamp
3 2” split leads with spade lugs CG Cord Grip (1/2” NPT PVC)
4 Standard plug MC Mating connector
5 Standard jack RB Rubber boot
6 Miniature plug
7 Miniature jack
2” split leads with 1/4” female quick
8
disconnects

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

56-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com RTD-5
Configuration Code RT03
RTD Water-Tight RTD Assembly
With Optional Series 450 Temperature Transmitter
RTD Assemblies house an optional Series 450 Temperature Transmitter (no connection head is required) that is ideal for monitoring
temperature in small areas such as tanks and pipes. The water-tight construction meets the NEMA 6P, IP68 Protection Rating
requirements. Standard units include a sensor, an M12 process connection housing, and optional transmitter. The transmitter is
a 2-wire unit with an analog output. It has measurement input for Pt100 resistance thermometers (RTD) in 4 wire connections.
Transmitters can be ranged from (-51 to 160) ºC [-60 to 320] ºF. With a 10 ºC [18 ºF] minimum span requirement. The ambient
temperature limits for the M12 connector is (-40 to 85) ºC.
M12 2.90” X M12 1.6” X
CONNECTOR - + CONNECTOR
1 3 2 1
0.710” - RTD 1/2”
(10 to 35) V dc
1/8”, 3/16” or 1/4” w/Transmitter 316 SST
3 + 1 3 4
TRANSMITTER SHEATH 316 SST SHEATH
(4 to 20) mA
HOUSING
1 R
M12 R
3.0” X
"X" 4
CONNECTOR
1 0.710” M12 1.6” X
1/8”, 3/16” or 1/4” CONNECTOR
3 SHEATH 316 SST 2 1
TRANSMITTER W
HOUSING 1/4”-18 NPT 2
1/2”-14 NPT W 316 SST
3 3 4
3/4”-14 NPT SHEATH

ORDER CODES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Example Order Number: R1T185L 484 - 06 - 00 - C45, T - 450 - U - S(0-200) F

1 Pt100 (α=0.003 85 ºC-1) 4.1 Sheath Fittings 5 M12 Connector Termination


RTD Assemblies
CODE CODE DESCRIPTION
INITIAL ELEMENT
CODE 00 No Fitting 45 No Process Connection
ACCURACY @ 0 ºC
C45 1/2” NPT Process Connection
R1T185L ± 0.1% 4.2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
B45 1/4” NPT Process Connection
R3T185L ± 0.03% NPT AVAILABLE SHEATH
CODE DESCRIPTION
(inches) DIAMETERS (inches) D45 3/4” NPT Process Connection
R5T185L ± 0.01%
12A Stainless Steel 1/8 1/8, 3/16 OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER
RAF185L ± 0.06%
12B Stainless Steel 1/4 3/16, 1/4 4 to 20 mA Temperature
RBF185L ± 0.12% T Transmitter (Requires Table 6
12C Stainless Steel 1/2 1/8, 1/4
See Instrument Section for total selection)
sensor and transmitter output Teflon® gland standard 204 ºC [400 oF] max.
6 Transmitter
accuracy.
4.3 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings CODE DESCRIPTION
2 316 S.S. Sheath
NPT AVAILABLE SHEATH Programmable Transmitter
CODE DIAMETER OD (inches) CODE DESCRIPTION 450-00
(inches) DIAMETERS (inches) Unconfigured
284 1/8 05A Stainless Steel 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 Programmable Transmitter
450
Configured
384 3/16 05B Stainless Steel 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
7 Fault Signal
484 1/4 05C Stainless Steel 1/2 1/8, 1/4
CODE DESCRIPTION
3 Immersion Length “X”
4.4 316SS Fixed Bushings U Upscale Burnout
Specify "X" length in inches using 2
MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH D Downscale Burnout
digits, plus any fractional length desired. CODE
NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
Examples: 04 = 4", 04(1/2) = 4.5"
8A 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 8 Range

8B 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 CODE DESCRIPTION

8C 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 S (lower limit - upper limit)

8D 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 9 Units

When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus CODE DESCRIPTION
insertion length “U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of
threaded bushing. EX: code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing C Celsius
located 6” from hot tip. F Fahrenheit

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

RTD-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 343-6
Configuration Code RT04
RTD M12 Molded and Field Wireable Cables

M12 Molded and Field Wireable cables are available for connection to Pyromation Water-Tight Assemblies with Optional Series 450 Transmitters.
The M12 quick disconnect plug eliminates all external screw connections simplifying the electrical installation process and solving the problems
caused by moisture, loose connections, and corrosion. They are faster to install and more secure than conventional field wired connections. Both
are available in 2, 3, and 4 wire connection options and in straight or 90º angle styles. Molded cables are PVC insulated and meet NEMA 1, 3, 4,
6P and IEC IP68. Field Wireable Cable insulations are listed below and meet IP67 requirements. Cable lengths are manufactured to customer
specifications. All M12 Molded Cables are supplied as 4 wire and are terminated as specified in part number.

ORDER CODES
M12 MOLDED CABLE
B

1 2 3

Example Order Number: RT3E46MS - P3072 - 2


1 M12 Connector Options 2 Extension Cable 3 Terminations and Options
NUMBER CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
OF WIRES
P3_ _ _[1] 22 AWG PVC insulation 0 No termination
RT2E46MS 2 Straight M12 [1] Insert length in inches 2 2” split leads, 1/4” stripped
RT3E46MS 3 Molded
Connector 3 2” split leads with spade lugs
RT4E46MS 4
4 Standard plug
RT2E46MA 2 90º Angle M12 5 Standard Jack
RT3E46MA 3 Molded
Connector Options
RT4E46MA 4
BX Box connector
CC Cable clamp
CG 1/2” NPT plastic cord grip
MC Mating connector
RB Rubber boot

ORDER CODES
1
M12 FIELD WIREABLE CABLES 1
1 4
B C 1 RED 2 WHITE 4

4 RED 3 WHITE
3 3
1 2 3 3
2
Example Order Number: RT3E46S - T3072 - 2
1 M12 Connector Options 2 Extension Leadwire and B + C Dimension 3 Terminations and Options
NUMBER CODE* WIRE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
OF WIRES
P3 _ _ _ Stranded; PVC insulation 0 No termination
RT2E46S 2
Straight M12 P3A _ _ _ Stranded; PVC insulation w/flex armor 2 2” split leads, 1/4” stripped
RT3E46S 3
Connector T3 _ _ _ Stranded; Teflon® insulation 3 2” split leads with spade lugs
RT4E46S 4
Stranded; Teflon® with aluminum mylar shield 4 Standard plug
RT2E46A 2 T3M_ _ _
and drain 5 Standard jack
90º Angle
RT3E46A 3 T3A _ _ _ Stranded; Teflon® insulation w/flex armor
M12 Connector 6 Miniature plug
RT4E46A 4
*Insert 3 digit B length in inches. EXAMPLE: T3036=36” B length; for 7 Miniature jack
assemblies requiring leadwire beyond the flexible armor, insert 3 digit C 2” split leads with 1/4”
length after armor length. EXAMPLE: T3A036-012=36” B length with 8
female disconnects
additional 12” leads beyond armor.
Options
BX Box connector
CC Cable clamp
CG 1/2” NPT plastic cord grip
MC Mating connector
RB Rubber boot

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

350-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com RTD-7
RTD General RTD Specifications

The information contained in the following pages is intended as a guideline for general RTD sensor useage. Specific
applications and environmental conditions may require that other sensor element types, element materials, or con-
struction styles be used to provide optimum temperature measurement results. The dimensions, temperature ratings,
accuracies, and other specifications may vary to satisfy a particular application requirement. For further information
and recommendations on specific applications, please consult with the factory.

Repeatability-Stability: The ability of an element to reproduce


RTD ELEMENTS the same resistance or temperature reading each time it is at
equilibrium at a given repeated temperature. Expressed as a ±
resistance or temperature value over a given temperature range.
Elements of several different materials, base resistances, May also be expressed as the stability of its resistance. Typically
temperature coefficients, accuracies, and construction styles platinum elements will not change more than 0.04% at 0 °C
are available for installation into final RTD temperature sensor [32 ºF] after receiving ten consecutive shocks from (-200 to 600)
assemblies to meet customer specifications. The most commonly °C [-328 to 1112] ºF.
used element throughout the USA and Europe is a wire-wound
or thin film platinum with a base resistance of 100 Ω at 0 °C Self-Heating: RTD elements are not self-powered and require a
[32 ºF] and with a 0.003 85 ºC-1 temperature coefficient. small current be passed through the device to provide a voltage
that can be measured. Self-heating is the rise of temperature
A few USA companies, and most Japanese companies, use within the element itself, caused by the current flowing through the
a similar 100 Ω platinum element, but with a 0.003 92 ºC-1 element. This self-heating appears as a measurement error and
temperature coefficient. is affected by the thermal conductivity and velocity of the process
being measured; it is negligible for most applications. Typical
Pyromation's standard element for either of these specified platinum resistance elements would require 60 mV of power
assemblies is a wire-wound type, in which the platinum winding dissipation to cause a 1 °C [1.8 °F] temperature measurement
is supported inside a ceramic body, although other process error when tested in water flowing at 3 ft/s.
considerations may sometimes require the use of a thin film or
"glassed-in" type of element. Elements of materials other than Time Constant: The time required to sense 63% of a step
platinum are typically wire-wound on a core and covered with an temperature change from (25 to 80) °C [77 to 176] ºF in water
insulating material such as Kapton®. flowing at 3 ft/s.

The platinum elements used in Pyromation RTD assemblies are Interchangeability: The amount of allowable difference in
in accordance with the specifications set forth in the following readings between two RTD's when placed side by side in a
standards: process at the same temperature. Determined by the allowable
RTD tolerance at that particular temperature.
STANDARDS for 0.003 85 ºC-1 TEMPERATURE
COEFFICIENT ELEMENTS Tolerance: The amount of resistance error tolerated when
the elements are measured at various temperature points.
1. American Society For Testing E 1157 - 97
Pyromation 100 and 200 ohm platinum elements are offered in
and Materials. (ASTM)
three base resistance tolerance bands as follows:
2. International Electrotechnical IEC 60751 - 1995
Commission. Band 1: ± 0.1% @ 0 ºC (Actual Elements Used Exceed DIN Class B Tolerances)
STANDARDS for 0.003 92 ºC-1 TEMPERATURE Band 3: ± 0.03% @ 0 ºC (Actual Elements Used Exceed DIN Class A Tolerances)
COEFFICIENT ELEMENTS Band 5: ± 0.01% @ 0 ºC (Actual Elements Used Exceed DIN Class A Tolerances)

1. American Scientific Apparatus SAMA RC 21.4 - 1966 Elements of other values and of other materials are offered in the
Manuf. Association: following base resistance tolerance bands:
2. Japanese Standard: JIS C 1604 - 1997
DIN Class A ± 0.06% @ 0 °C
RTD ELEMENT TERMINOLOGY DIN Class B ± 0.12% @ 0 °C
Class C ± 0.2% @ 0 °C
and SPECIFICATIONS
Class D ± 0.5% @ 0 °C

Temperature Coefficient: Known as the "Alpha" value, and it is Vibration: Pyromation's fully assembled sheathed RTD sensors
the average fractional change of element resistance per a 1 °C are designed to withstand an average vibration level of 30 G's
change in the element temperature over the range of (0 to 100) °C using random vibrating frequencies from (20 to 2,000) HZ at
[32 to 212] ºF. The temperature coefficient of resistance is expressed ambient temperature. Supporting test results indicate that initial
RTD tolerances remain as specified when tested at these vibration
as ohms/ohm/°C or °C-1.
levels.
Accuracy: A statement of the initial element accuracy when its
Humidity Limits: Sheaths, transition fittings, and lead seals
base resistance value is measured at one point only, usually capable of withstanding 100% humidity at normal atmospheric
0 °C. pressure, and at normal ambient temperatures.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

63-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com RTD SPECS-I
RTD General RTD Specifications

Pyromation Standard RTD Element Specifications


ELEMENT RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE OPPERATING AVAILABLE CATALOG
MATERIAL [1] @ 0 ºC COEFFICIENT RANGE [2] ACCURACIES @ 0 ºC ORDER CODES
± 0.1% R1T
(-200 to 600) °C
Platinum 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.03% R3T
[-328 to 1112] °F
± 0.01% R5T
(-200 to 600) °C ± 0.1% R1T
Platinum 100 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC-1
[-328 to 1112] °F ± 0.03% R3T
(-40 to 200) °C
Platinum 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.12% RBF
[-40 to 400] °F
(-40 to 200) °C
Platinum 100 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.06% RAF
[-40 to 400] °F
± 0.1% R1T
(-200 to 600) °C
Platinum 200 Ω .α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.03% R3T
[-328 to 1112] °F
± 0.01% R5T
(-200 to 600) °C ± 0.1% R1T
Platinum 200 Ω α = 0.003 92 ºC-1
[-328 to 1112] °F ± 0.03% R3T
(-40 to 500) °C
Platinum 500 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.12% RBF
[-40 to 932] °F
(-40 to 500) °C
Platinum 1000 Ω α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 ± 0.12% RBF
[-40 to 932] °F
(-200 to 204) °C
Copper 10 Ω α = 0.004 27 ºC-1 ± 0.2% RCT
[-328 to 400] °F
(-200 to 204) °C
Nickel 120 Ω α = 0.006 72 ºC-1 ± 0.5% RDT
[-328 to 400] °F
(-200 to 204) °C
Nickel-Iron 604 Ω α = 0.005 18 ºC-1 ± 0.5% RDT
[-328 to 400] °F
[1] Sensing elements of other materials, base values, and temperature coefficients are available upon request.

[2] Stated operating ranges are typical values and are dependant upon the sensing element, element substrate, and the construc-
tion style of the total sensor assembly. Sensor assemblies to exceed the stated limits may be available upon request.

Typical 100 OHM Platinum Element Tolerances


CLASS B (0.12%) [1] BAND 1 (0.1%) [1] CLASS A (0.06%) [1] BAND 3 (0.03%) [1] BAND 5 (0.01%) [2]
TEMPERATURE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
±[ 0.30 + 0.0050 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.26 + 0.0042 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.15 + 0.0020 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.08 + 0.0017 |t| ] °C ±[ 0.03 + 0.0017 |t| ] °C
°C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F] °C [°F]
-200 1.30 1.10 0.55 0.42 0.37
-100 0.80 0.68 0.35 0.25 0.20
0 0.30 0.26 0.15 0.08 0.03
100 0.80 0.68 0.35 0.25 0.20
200 1.30 1.10 0.55 0.42 0.37
300 1.80 1.52 0.75 0.59 0.54
400 2.30 1.94 0.95 0.76 0.71
500 2.80 2.36 1.15 0.93 0.88
600 3.30 2.78 1.35 1.10 1.05
where: |t| = value of temperature without regard to sign, °C
[1] The equations represent values for 3 and 4-wire PRTs. Caution must be exercised with 2-wire PRTs due to lead resistance.
[2] This tolerance can only be met with a 4-wire PRT.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

RTD SPECS-II Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 64-7
RTD General RTD Specifications

RTD ASSEMBLY Sheath Mounting Fitting Dimensions


CONSTRUCTION STYLES SHEATH OD NPT SIZE LENGTH
CODE STYLE
(inches) (inches) (inches)
01A 303 SS one-time adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 5/16
Low Range - Thin Film Construction (L) (-40 °C to 204) °C
05A 316 SS one-time adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
[-40 °F to 400] °F
The element is welded to teflon insulated silver plated 05B 316 SS one-time adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 7/8
copper leads, and then placed inside a specially cleaned 05C 316 SS one-time adjustable 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 13/16
stainless steel sheath. The space surrounding the element
15A Brass one-time adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
and leads is filled and loosely packed with alumina oxide
powder to provide good heat transfer times and to provide 15B Brass one-time adjustable 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 3/8
a damping cushion against vibration and mechanical shock. 15C Brass one-time adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 1/2
The filled sheath is then sealed with low temperature epoxies
10A 303 SS re-adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16 1/8 1 1/4
to prevent moisture penetration.
10B 303 SS re-adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/4 2 7/16
Standard Low Range (L) (-200 °C to 204) °C 10C 303 SS re-adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/2 2 7/16
[-328 °F to 400] °F 12A 316 SS re-adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 1/4
The element is welded to teflon insulated silver plated
copper leads, and then placed inside a specially cleaned 12B 316 SS re-adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 1/2
stainless steel sheath. The space surrounding the element 12C 316 SS re-adjustable 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 3/4
and leads is filled and loosely packed with alumina oxide 11A Brass re-adjustable 1/16, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/8 1 19/64
powder to provide good heat transfer times and to provide
a damping cushion against vibration and mechanical shock. 11B Brass re-adjustable 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 9/16
The filled sheath is then sealed with low temperature epoxies 11C Brass re-adjustable 1/4, 3/8 1/2 1 13/16
to prevent moisture penetration. 19C 303 SS spring-loaded well ftg. 3/16, 1/4 1/2 2 1/4

Standard High Range (H) (-200 °C to 600) °C 8A 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 1/8 5/8
[-328 °F to 1112] °F 8B 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 1/4 11/16
The element is welded to nickel leads that are insulated 8C 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 1/2 15/16
with compacted magnesium oxide (MgO) powder inside the
8D 316 SS fixed bushing All sizes 3/4 1
stainless steel sheath. The void surrounding the element
is packed with MgO powder and the sheath tip is welded 6HN Steel hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 2
closed with a stainless steel cap. The leads and sheath are 8HN 316 SS hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 2
sealed with low temperature epoxies to prevent moisture
8RNDC 316 SS reducing hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/2 x 3/4 2
penetration.
9HNB 303 SS hex fitting 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 1/4 1 3/16
13A Fixed bayonet fitting 1/8, 3/16 N/A 1 5/8
14 Adjustable flange 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 N/A 1 1/2
MECHANICAL 16A Adustable bayonet fitting 1/8 N/A 1 5/8
SPECIFICATIONS
Compression Fitting Pressure Rating Table
05A, 05B 05A, 05B
CODE 05A 05A, 05B 05B, 05C
The following specifications are those found on standard 05C 05C
construction RTD sensor assemblies. Sheath O.D. & 1/6” O.D. 1/8” O.D. 3/16” O.D. 1/4” O.D. 3/8” O.D.
Wall Thickness x 0.0077” x 0.012” x 0.020” x 0.028” x 0.049”

TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE WORKING PRESSURE (PSIG)


(-29 to 149) ºC
3300 2850 3150 3350 3900
[-20 TO 300] ºF
Sheath Materials
204 ºC [400 ºF] 3200 2750 3050 3250 3800
APPLICATION
MATERIAL CODE NOTES 260 ºC [500 ºF] 3000 2550 2850 3000 3500
DATA
316 ºC [600 ºF] 2800 2400 2700 2850 3300
Superior Used as standard
316 SS 8 Corrosion sheath material on all 371 ºC [700 ºF] 2700 2350 2600 2750 3200
Resistance but 1/16" OD sheaths 427 ºC [800 ºF] 2650 2300 2550 2650 3100
Excellent 482 ºC [900 ºF] 2600 2200 2450 2600 3050
Corrosion
Inconel and Oxidation 538 ºC [1000 ºF] 2400 2100 2300 2450 2850
3
600 Resistance Calculations are based on the following criteria: 316 stainless steel sheath, ultimate
at High tensil stress of 75000 PSI for seamless tube, Conservative Barlow Formula and
Temperatures safety factor of 4.0.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

65-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com RTD SPECS-III
RTD General RTD Specifications

ELEMENT CONNECTIONS LEADWIRE RESISTANCE

RTD sensor assemblies are available with two, three, and four Lead resistance has a large effect on RTD temperature
wire leads. Two wire connected elements do not provide lead mea sure ment accuracy. A two wire circuit provides no
resistance compensation for the measuring device. Three and compensation and can provide large measurement errors.
four wire connected elements provide a means for compensating The following table shows the effects of leadwire resistance
for lead resistance between the sensor and the measuring on temperature measurements using low temperature RTD
device. assemblies with copper leadwire.
Leadwire Resistance
Two-Wire: Provides one connection to each end of the element.
This construction is suitable where the resistance of the lead wire UNCOMPENSATED
2-WIRE CIRCUITS
may be considered as an additive constant in the circuit, and LEADWIRE RESISTANCE
particularly where the changes in lead resistance due to ambient WIRE OHMS PER
MAX. LENGTH ERROR IN °F
GAUGE FOOT
temperature changes may be ignored. FOR 1 °F PER
ERROR DOUBLE FT.

30 0.133 0.81 ft. 1.24 °F


24 0.0333 3.2 ft. 0.31 °F
22 0.0213 5.1 ft. 0.198 °F
20 0.0148 7.27 ft. 0.14 °F
18 0.0083 13.0 ft. 0.077 °F
16 0.0052 20.7 ft. 0.048 °F

Leadwire Transition Fitting Dimensions


Three-Wire: Provides one connection to one end of the
SHEATH FITTING LENGTH (inches)
element and two to the other end of the element. Connected CODE DIAMETER
FITTING OD
(inches) WITH SPRING W/O SPRING
to an instrument designed to accept three wire input, sufficient (inches)
compensation is usually achieved for leadwire resistance and 15, 16, 19 1/8 1/4 2 1/4 1 1/4
temperature change in leadwire resistance. This is the most 15, 16, 19 1/8 [1] 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/4
commonly used configuration. 15, 16, 19 3/16 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/4
15, 16, 19 1/4 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/4

15, 16, 19 3/8 7/16 2 1/4 1 1/2

[1] Used with flexible armor tubing and duplex RTD's

Flexible Armor Tubing


DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS (inches) MAX. TEMP RATING
304 SS Flexible Armored Tubing 0.188 ID x 0.275 OD 1600 °F

PVC Covered 304 SS Flexible


0.188 ID x 0.343 OD 212 °F
Armored Tubing
Four-Wire: Provides two connections to each end of the element to
completely compensate for leadwire resistance and temperature Teflon® Covered 304 SS Flexible
0.188 ID x 0.313 OD 400 °F
Armored Tubing
change in leadwire resistance. This configuration is used where
highly accurate temperature measurement is vital.

4 WIRE SINGLE 4 WIRE DUPLEX


RED RED
RED RED
BLACK
BLACK
WHITE
WHITE GREEN
GREEN
WHITE
WHITE

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

RTD SPECS-IV Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 66-5
Configuration Code GP01
Sensors with Fixed Sheath RTD Assemblies
Connection Heads with General Purpose Connection Heads
Fixed Sheath RTD Assemblies with General Purpose Connection Heads are provided with head mounting fittings that are welded or brazed to the
sheath for direct immersion into a process. To order an assembly with an optional 4-20 mA transmitter, select the assembly below and the transmitter
from the back of this section. The RTD assemblies are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath in several diameters. They are available in various
initial accuracies and temperature ranges as noted below.

X
X X

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: RBF185L 48 3 - 006(1/2) - 00 - 8HN 31, SB, T- from back of section

1-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements


α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 3-0 No Fitting or Bend Options 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings
INITIAL ELEMENT CODE 00 CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC
6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple 1” “E”” length
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 - 204) ºC 3-1 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings
1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple 1”
SINGLE DUPLEX AVAILABLE 8HN
NPT “E”” length
PRESSURE SHEATH
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1% CODE TYPE SIZE 1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no process
RATED DIAMETERS 9HP
(inches) threads)
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01% (inches)
01A 303 SS 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 8RNDC 3/4” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 TO 204) ºC
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12% 05A 316 SS 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4

RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06% 05B 316 SS 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
4-1 Head and Sheath Terminations
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 TO 600) ºC 05C 316 SS 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 CODE DESCRIPTION
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1% 15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 22 3” Individual Teflon® leads with terminal pins
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 31 Aluminum screw cover head
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8 34 Cast iron screw cover head
1-1 Sheath Diameters
DIAMETERS (4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with
CODE 3-2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings 35T-642A
(inches) 316 SS aluminum general purpose housing
NPT SIZE AVAILABLE SHEATH
28[1] 1/8 CODE TYPE 49 Flip-top aluminum head
(inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
53 Grey Delrin® screw cover head
38 3/16 10A 303 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16
10B 303 SS 1/4 1/4, 3/8 62 White DIN form B polypropylene head
48 1/4
10C 303 SS 1/2 1/4, 3/8 63 White polypropylene head
68 3/8
12A 316 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 91 316 L stainless steel screw cover head
[1] Not available in duplex
12B 316 SS 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 92 DIN form B 316 stainless steel screw cover head
12C 316 SS 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 4-2 Options
1-2 Element
Connection 11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 W[1] Epoxy Coating
CODE DESCRIPTION 11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 GS Ground screw
11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8 I Stainless tag
2 2 wire element
Spring-loaded NB 1/2” NPT nylon conduit reducer bushing
3 3 wire element 19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4
SS well fitting
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
4[1] 4 wire element Teflon® gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max.
T-440[2] (4 to 20) mA head mounted RTD transmitter
[1] Not available in
duplex or with 440 Series 3-3 Fixed Bushings T-441 [3]
(4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted transmitter
Transmitter CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted
[3]
316 SS NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches) T-442
transmitter
8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
2 -0 “X” Dimensions 8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 [1] Available with option 31 only.
Insert three digit “X” length [2] Available with option 31, 34, 49, 53, 63, 91 only.
[1]
in inches. 8D _ _ 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 [3] Available with option 31, 49, 62, 92 only.
[1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus inserting length
Sheath lengths over 72” “U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded bushing. EXAMPLE: order
will be shipped in a coiled code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6” from hot tip.
configuration unless
otherwise specified.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

369-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-1
Configuration Code GP02
Sensors with Fixed Sheath Thermocouple Assemblies
Connection Heads with General Purpose Connection Heads
Fixed Sheath Thermocouple Assemblies with General Purpose Connection Heads have head mounting fittings that are welded or brazed to the
sheath for direct immersion into a process. To order an assembly with an optional 4-20 mA transmitter, select the assembly below and the transmitter
from the back of this section. The MgO insulated thermocouples assemblies are offered in a variety of calibrations, sheath diameters, and sheath
materials.
X
X
X

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-0 3 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Type and Range from
Example Order Number: J 3 8 U - 012 - 01A - 9HP 49, T- back of section

1-0 Thermocouple Types 3-0 No Fitting or Bend Options 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings
CODE CODE 00 CODE DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX 6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple 1” “E”” length
E EE 3-1 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings
1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple 1”
J JJ 8HN
NPT SIZE PRESSURE AVAILABLE SHEATH “E”” length
K KK CODE TYPE
(inches) RATED DIAMETERS (inches) 1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no
T TT 9HP
process threads)
01A 303 SS 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
8RNDC 3/4” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
05A 316 SS 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
1-1 Sheath Diameters
CODE DIAMETER (inches) 05B 316 SS 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
2 1/8 05C 316 SS 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 4-1 Head and Sheath Terminations
3 3/16 15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 CODE DESCRIPTION
4 1/4
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 22 3” Individual Teflon® leads with terminal pins
6 3/8
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8 31 Aluminum screw cover head
34 Cast iron screw cover head
1-2 Sheath Materials 3-2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with
STANDARD NPT SIZE AVAILABLE SHEATH 35T-642A
CODE TYPE aluminum general purpose housing
CODE MATERIAL AVAILABLE (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
TYPES 49 Flip-top aluminum head
10A 303 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16
3 Inconel 600 J, K 53 Grey Delrin® screw cover head
10B 303 SS 1/4 1/4, 3/8
4 310 SS K 62 White DIN form B polypropylene head
10C 303 SS 1/2 1/4, 3/8
5 446 SS K[1] 12A 316 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 63 White polypropylene head
8 316 SS E, J, K, T 12B 316 SS 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 91 316 L stainless steel screw cover head
[1] All sensors with 446SS 12C 316 SS 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 92 DIN form B 316 stainless steel screw cover head
sheaths must have an
11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 4-2 Options
ungrounded measuring junction.
11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 W[1] Epoxy Coating
11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8 GS Ground screw
1-3 Measuring Junctions Spring-loaded I Stainless tag
19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4
SS well fitting
CODE DESCRIPTION
NB 1/2” NPT nylon conduit reducer bushing
Teflon® gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max.
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
G Grounded junction
[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted
U Ungrounded junction 3-3 Fixed Bushings T-441
transmitter
E Exposed junction CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted
NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches) T-442[2]
316 SS transmitter
8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 See transmitter ordering information in back of
8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 section.
2-0 ‘X’ Dimension 8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 [1] Available with option 31 only.
Insert three digit “X” length in 8D _ _[1] 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 [2] Available with option 31, 49, 62, 92 only.
inches
[1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus inserting length
Sheath lengths over 72" will be “U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded bushing. EXAMPLE: order
shipped in a coiled configuration code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6” from hot tip.
unless otherwise specified.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 370-2
Configuration Code GP03
Sensors with Spring-Loaded RTD/Thermowell Assemblies
Connection Heads with General Purpose Connection Heads
Spring-Loaded RTD Thermowell Assemblies with General Purpose Connection Heads are designed for use with various thermowell types. Complete
assemblies can be ordered by selecting the RTD assembly below, the thermowell from the thermowell section of this catalog, and a temperature
transmitter from the back of this section. Assemblies without a thermowell can be ordered by selecting the sensor assembly from this page and
inserting the “S” length in table 2-0. They are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath and are available in various initial accuracies and temperature
ranges as noted in the tables below. Note: The “S” dimension will measure 1/4” longer than specified when the spring is in the relaxed postition.
The “S” dimension is calculated when the sensor is compressed or in the installed position. This design allows 1/4” spring compression to ensure
positive contact with the bottom of the thermowell.
E S S
Element Length 1/4” S

U
Immersion Length

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3-0 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Thermowell Part # or Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: R1T185L 48 3 - Insert 3 Digit Length Code
- SL - 8HN 31, T- from back of section

1-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements


α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings

INITIAL ELEMENT CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC STEEL FITTINGS 316SS FITTINGS
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple
6HN 8HN
SINGLE DUPLEX 1” length 1” length

R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1% 1/2” NPT pipe nipple 1/2” NPT pipe nipple
6PN_ 8PN_
(specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01%
1/2” NPT union/nipple 1/2” NPT union/nipple
6PU_ [1] 8PU_ [1]
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC (specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12% [1] 4” Minimum length required
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06%
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC 4-1 Head and Sheath Terminations
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1% CODE DESCRIPTION
22 3” Individual Teflon® leads with terminal pins
31 Aluminum screw cover head
1-1 Sheath Diameters
34 Cast iron screw cover head
CODE DIAMETERS (inches) 316 SS
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum general
38 3/16 35T-642A
purpose housing
48 1/4 49 Flip-top aluminum head
53 Grey Delrin® screw cover head
1-2 Element 62 White DIN form B polypropylene head
Connection 2-0 63 White polypropylene head
CODE DESCRIPTION Select thermowell part 91 316 L stainless steel screw cover head
2 2 wire number from Thermowell 92 DIN form B 316 stainless steel screw cover head
Section, or specify 3 digit 4-2 Options
3 3 wire “S” length in inches if no
thermowell is required. W[1] Epoxy Coating
4[1] 4 wire
GS Ground screw
[1] Not available in duplex or I Stainless tag
with 440 Series Transmitter
NB 1/2” NPT nylon conduit reducer bushing
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
3-0 Element Options
T-440[2] (4 to 20) mA head mounted RTD transmitter
CODE DESCRIPTION
T-441[3] (4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted transmitter
SL[1] Spring-loaded element T-442[3] (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted transmitter
SC Self-contained spring-loaded element See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
Self-contained spring-loaded element with [1] Available with option 31 only.
SN
Buna-N oil seal 121°C [250°F] 100 PSI Max. [2] Available with option 31, 34, 49, 53, 63, 91 only.
[3] Available with option 31, 49, 62, 92 only.
[1] Not available with option 35T-642A

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

371-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-3
Configuration Code GP04
Sensors with Spring-Loaded MgO Thermocouple/Thermowell
Connection Heads Assemblies with General Purpose Connection Heads
Spring-Loaded MgO Thermocouple/Thermowell Assemblies with General Purpose Connection Heads are designed for use with various thermowell
types. Complete assemblies can be ordered by selecting the MgO assembly below, the thermowell from the thermowell section of this catalog, and
a temperature transmitter from the back of this section. Assemblies without a thermowell can be ordered by selecting the sensor assembly from
this page and inserting the “S” length in table 2-0. They are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath and as standard limits of error. Note: The “S”
dimension will measure 1/4” longer than specified when the spring is in the relaxed position. The “S” dimension is calculated when the sensor is
compressed or in the installed position. This design allows 1/4” spring compression to ensure positive contact with the bottom of the thermowell.

E S S
Element Length 1/4” S

U
Immersion Length

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3-0 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Thermowell Part # or Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: J 48 U - Insert 3 Digit Length Code - SL - 8PU4 31, T- from back of section

1-0 Thermocouple Types 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION

SINGLE DUPLEX STEEL FITTINGS

E EE 6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” E length

J JJ 6PN_ 1/2” NPT pipe nipple (specify “E” length in inches)

K KK 6PU_ [1] 1/2” NPT union/nipple (specify “E” length in inches)

T TT 316 SS FITTINGS
8HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” E length
8PN_ 1/2” NPT pipe nipple (specify “E” length in inches)
1-1 Sheath Diameters 8PU_ [1] 1/2” NPT union/nipple (specify “E” length in inches)
CODE DIAMETERS (inches) 316 SS [1] 4” Minimum length required
38 3/16
48 1/4 4-1 Head and Sheath Terminations
CODE DESCRIPTION
22 3” Individual Teflon® leads with terminal pins
1-2 Measuring Junction 31 Aluminum screw cover head
CODE DESCRIPTION 34 Cast iron screw cover head
G Grounded junction (4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum general
35T-642A
purpose housing
U Ungrounded junction
49 Flip-top aluminum head
53 Grey Delrin® screw cover head
62 White DIN form B polypropylene head
2-0
63 White polypropylene head
Select thermowell part number from Thermowell
Section, or specify 3 digit “S” length in inches if no 91 316 L stainless steel screw cover head
thermowell is required. 92 DIN form B 316 stainless steel screw cover head
4-2 Options
W[1] Epoxy Coating
3-0 Element Options GS Ground screw
I Stainless tag
CODE DESCRIPTION
NB 1/2” NPT nylon conduit reducer bushing
SL[1] Spring-loaded element
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
SC Self-contained spring-loaded element
T-441[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted transmitter
Self-contained spring-loaded element with
SN T-442[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted transmitter
Buna-N oil seal 121°C [250°F] 100 PSI Max.
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
[1] Not available with option 35T-642A
[1] Available with option 31 only.
[2] Available with option 31, 49, 62, 92 only.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 372-2
Configuration Code GP03
Sensors with Spring-Loaded RTD/Thermowell Assemblies
Connection Heads with Explosion Proof Connection Heads
Spring-Loaded RTD/Thermowell Assemblies with Explosion Proof Connection Heads are designed for use with various thermowell types. Complete
assemblies can be ordered by selecting the RTD assembly below, the thermowell from the thermowell section of this catalog, and a temperature
transmitter from the back of this section. Assemblies without a thermowell can be ordered by selecting the sensor assembly from this page and
inserting the “S” length in table 2-0. They are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath and are available in various accuracies and temperature
ranges as noted in the tables below. Note: The “S” dimension will measure 1/4” longer than specified when the spring is in the relaxed position.
The “S” dimension is calculated when the sensor is compressed or in the installed position. This design allows 1/4” spring compression to ensure
positive contact with the bottom of the thermowell.

E S
Element Length 1/4” S

U
Immersion Length

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3-0 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Thermowell Part # or Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: RBF185L 48 3 - Insert 3 Digit Length Code
- SL - 8HN 71, T- from back of section

1-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements


α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 4-1 Head Terminations

INITIAL ELEMENT CODE DESCRIPTION


CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC 71 Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C

LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
74 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group A
SINGLE DUPLEX
81 316L stainless steel explosion proof head Group C
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1%
82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01% 4-2 Options
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12% I Stainless tag
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06% T-440[1] (4 to 20) mA head mounted RTD transmitter
T-441[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted transmitter
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC
T-442[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted transmitter
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1%
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
[1] Available with option 71, 81 only.
1-1 Sheath Diameters [2] Available with option 72,74,82 only.

CODE DIAMETERS (inches) 316 SS


38 3/16 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings

48 1/4 CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION


STEEL FITTINGS 316SS FITTINGS
1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1”
6HN 8HN
1-2 Element Connection length length
CODE DESCRIPTION 1/2” NPT pipe nipple 1/2” NPT pipe nipple
6PN_ 8PN_
(specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
2 2 wire
1/2” NPT union/nipple 1/2” NPT union/nipple
6XU_ [1] 8XU_ [1]
3 3 wire (specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
4[1] 4 wire [1] 3 1/2” Minimum length required

[1] Not available in duplex or with 440


Series Transmitter
3-0 Element Options

2-0 CODE DESCRIPTION


SL Spring-loaded element
Select thermowell part number from
Thermowell Section, or specify 3 digit SC Self-contained spring-loaded element
“S” length in inches if no thermowell is Self-contained spring-loaded element with
required. SN
Buna-N oil seal 121°C [250°F] 100 PSI Max.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

389-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-5
Configuration Code GP04
Sensors with Spring-Loaded MgO Thermocouple/Thermowell
Connection Heads Assemblies with Explosion Proof Connection Heads
Spring-Loaded MgO/Thermowell Assemblies with Explosion Proof Connection Heads are designed for use with various thermowell types. Complete
assemblies can be ordered by selecting the MgO assembly below, the thermowell from the thermowell section of the catalog, and a temperature
transmitter from the back of this section. Assemblies without a thermowell can be ordered by selecting the sensor assembly from this page and
inserting the “S” length in table 2-0. They are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath and as standard limits or error. Note: The “S” dimension will
measure 1/4” longer than specified when the spring is in the relaxed position. The “S” dimension is calculated when the sensor is compressed or in
the installed position. This design allows 1/4” spring compression to ensure positive contact with the bottom of the thermowell.

E S
Element Length 1/4” S

U
Immersion Length

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3-0 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Thermowell Part # or Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: J 48 U - Insert 3 Digit Length Code - SL - 8XU4 71, T- from back of section

1-0 Thermocouple Types 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings


CODE CODE DESCRIPTION

SINGLE DUPLEX STEEL FITTINGS

E EE 6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” E length

J JJ 6PN_ 1/2” NPT pipe nipple (specify “E” length in inches)


[1]
K KK 6XU_ 1/2” NPT union/nipple (specify “E” length in inches)

T TT 316 SS FITTINGS
8HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” E length
8PN_ 1/2” NPT pipe nipple (specify “E” length in inches)
1-1 Sheath Diameters 8XU_ [1] 1/2” NPT union/nipple (specify “E” length in inches)
CODE DIAMETERS (inches) 316 SS [1] 3 1/2” Minimum length required
38 3/16
48 1/4 4-1 Head Terminations
CODE DESCRIPTION
71 Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C
1-2 Measuring Junction
72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
CODE DESCRIPTION
74 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group A
G Grounded junction 81 316L stainless steel explosion proof head Group C
U Ungrounded junction 82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B
4-2 Options
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
2-0 I Stainless tag
Select thermowell part number from Thermowell T-441[1] (4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted transmitter
Section, or specify 3 digit “S” length in inches if no
T-442[1] (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted transmitter
thermowell is required.
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
[1] Not available with 71 or 81

3-0 Element Options


CODE DESCRIPTION
SL Spring-loaded element
SC Self-contained spring-loaded element
Self-contained spring-loaded element with
SN
Buna-N oil seal 121°C [250°F] 100 PSI Max.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 391-2
Configuration Code GP01
Sensors with Fixed Sheath RTD Assemblies with
Connection Heads Explosion Proof Connection Heads
Fixed Sheath RTD Assemblies with Explosion Proof Connection Heads are provided with head mounting fittings that are welded or brazed to the
sheath for direct immersion into a process. To order an assembly with an option 4-20 mA transmitter, select the assembly below and the transmitter
from the back of this section. The RTD assemblies are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath in several diameters. They are available in various
initial accuracies and temperature ranges as noted below.

X X

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: RAF185L 48 3 - 012(1/2) - 00 - 8HN 72, SB, T- from back of section

1-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements


α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 3-0 No Fitting or Bend Options 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings
INITIAL ELEMENT CODE 00 CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC
3-1 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings 6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple 1” “E”” length
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 - 204) ºC
AVAILABLE 1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple 1”
SINGLE DUPLEX NPT 8HN
PRESSURE SHEATH “E”” length
CODE TYPE SIZE
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1% RATED DIAMETERS 1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no process
(inches) 9HP
(inches) threads)
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01%
01A 303 SS 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 8RNDC 3/4” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 TO 204) ºC
05A 316 SS 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12%
05B 316 SS 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06%
05C 316 SS 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 4-1 Head Terminations
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 TO 600) ºC
CODE DESCRIPTION
15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1% Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof head
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 71
Group C
1-1 Sheath Diameters 15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head
72
DIAMETERS Group B
CODE 3-2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
(inches) 316 SS DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head
NPT SIZE AVAILABLE SHEATH 74
CODE TYPE Group A
28[1] 1/8 (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
316L stainless steel explosion proof head
38 3/16 10A 303 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16 81
Group C
48 1/4 10B 303 SS 1/4 1/4, 3/8 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion
82
68 3/8 10C 303 SS 1/2 1/4, 3/8 proof head Group B
[1] Not available in duplex 12A 316 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 4-2 Options
12B 316 SS 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
1-2 Element 12C 316 SS 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 I Stainless tag
Connection 11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 T-440[1] (4 to 20) mA head mounted RTD transmitter
CODE DESCRIPTION 11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
(4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted
2 2 wire element 11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8 T-441[2]
transmitter
3 3 wire element Spring-loaded
19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4 (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head mounted
SS well fitting T-442[2]
4 [1]
4 wire element transmitter
Teflon® gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max.
See transmitter ordering information in back of
[1] Not available in section.
duplex or with 440 Series 3-3 Fixed Bushings
Transmitter [1] Available with option 71, 81 only.
CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH
[2] Available with option 72, 74, 82 only.
316 SS NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
2 -0 “X” Dimensions 8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Insert three digit “X” length
in inches. 8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
8D _ _[1] 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Sheath lengths over 72”
will be shipped in a coiled [1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus inserting length
“U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded bushing. EXAMPLE: order
configuration unless code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6” from hot tip.
otherwise specified.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

392-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-7
Configuration Code GP02
Sensors with Fixed Sheath Thermocouple Assemblies
Connection Heads with Explosion Proof Connection Heads
Fixed Sheath Thermocouple Assemblies with Explosion Proof Connection Heads are provided with head mounting fitting that are welded or brazed
to the sheath for direct immersion into a process. To order an assembly with an optional 4-20 mA transmitter, select the assembly below and the
transmitter from the back of this section. The MgO insulated thermocouple assemblies are offered in a variety of calibrations, sheath diameters,
and sheath materials.
X X

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-0 3 4-0 4-1 4-2
Select Type and Range
Example Order Number: J 2 8 U - 012 - 01A - 9HP 81, T- from back of section

1-0 Thermocouple Types 3-0 No Fitting or Bend Options 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings
CODE CODE 00 CODE DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple 1” “E””
3-1 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings 6HN
E EE length
J JJ 1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
NPT SIZE PRESSURE AVAILABLE SHEATH 8HN
K KK CODE TYPE 1” “E”” length
(inches) RATED DIAMETERS (inches)
T TT 1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no
01A 303 SS 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 9HP
process threads)
05A 316 SS 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 8RNDC 3/4” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
1-1 Sheath Diameters
CODE DIAMETER (inches) 05B 316 SS 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
2 1/8 05C 316 SS 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8
3 3/16 15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 4-1 Head Terminations
4 1/4 CODE DESCRIPTION
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
6 3/8
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8 Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof
71
head Group C
3-2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings DIN form B aluminum explosion proof
1-2 Sheath Materials 72
head Group B
STANDARD NPT SIZE AVAILABLE SHEATH
CODE TYPE DIN form B aluminum explosion proof
CODE MATERIAL AVAILABLE (inches) DIAMETERS (inches) 74
head Group A
TYPES 10A 303 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16
3 Inconel 600 J, K
316L stainless steel explosion proof
10B 303 SS 1/4 1/4, 3/8 81
head Group C
4 310 SS K 10C 303 SS 1/2 1/4, 3/8 DIN form B 316 stainless steel
5 446 SS K[1] 82
12A 316 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 explosion proof head Group B
8 316 SS E, J, K, T 12B 316 SS 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 4-2 Options
[1] All sensors with 446SS 12C 316 SS 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8 SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
sheaths must have an 11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 I Stainless tag
ungrounded measuring junction.
11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 (4 to 20) mA Isolated head mounted
T-441[1]
11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8 transmitter
Spring-loaded (4 to 20) mA Isolated Hart® head
1-3 Measuring Junctions 19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4 T-442[1]
SS well fitting mounted transmitter
CODE DESCRIPTION Teflon® gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max. See transmitter ordering information in back of
G Grounded junction section.

U Ungrounded junction 3-3 Fixed Bushings [1] Not available with 71 or 81

E Exposed junction CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH


316 SS NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
2-0 ‘X’ Dimension 8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Insert three digit “X” length in 8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
inches
8D _ _[1] 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Sheath lengths over 72" will be [1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus inserting length
shipped in a coiled configuration “U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded bushing. EXAMPLE: order
unless otherwise specified. code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6” from hot tip.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 393-2
Sensors with Thermocouple and RTD Spring-Loaded
Connection Heads Replacement Elements
Thermocouple and RTD spring-Loaded Replacement elements are designed for spring-loaded thermowell assemblies. The replacement elements
can be ordered by selecting the sensor type below and inserting the “X” length in table 1-2. The RTD assemblies are supplied with a 316 stainless
steel sheath and are available in various initial accuracies and temperature ranges as noted in the tables below. The MgO insulated thermocouple
assemblies are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath, various calibrations, and as standard limits of error.

X X

See back of page to calculate replacement lengths.

ORDER CODES Configuration Code GP06


1-0 1-1 2-0 3-0 4-0
Thermocouple
Example Order Number: J48 U - 012 - SL - 22(06)

1-0 Thermocouple Types 4-0 Sheath Terminations


AVAILABLE SHEATH CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
DIAMETERS (316 SS)
22[1] 3” Individual Teflon® leads with terminal pins
SINGLE DUPLEX 3/16” OD 1/4” OD
[1] For longer leads insert 2 digit length in inches. Example: 22(06)
E EE 38 48
J JJ 38 48
3-0 Element Style
K KK 38 48
CODE DESCRIPTION
T TT 38 48
SL Spring Loaded Element
1-1 Measuring Junction
CODE DESCRIPTION 2-0 Length

G Grounded junction CODE

U Ungrounded junction Insert 3 Digit “X” length in inches

ORDER CODES Configuration Code GP05


1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3-0 4-0
RTD Example Order Number: R1T185L 48 3 - 012(1/2) - SL - 22

1-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements


α = 0.003 85 ºC-1
4-0 Sheath Terminations
INITIAL ELEMENT CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC
22[1] 3” Individual Teflon® leads with terminal pins
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 - 204) ºC [1] For longer leads insert 2 digit length in inches. Example: 22(06)
SINGLE DUPLEX
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1% 3-0 Element Style
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01% CODE DESCRIPTION
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 TO 204) ºC SL Spring Loaded Element
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12%
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06% 2-0 Length
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 TO 600) ºC CODE
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1% Insert 3 Digit “X” length in inches

1-2 Element Connection


1-1 Sheath Diameters
CODE DESCRIPTION
DIAMETERS
CODE
(inches) 316 SS 2 2 wire
38 3/16 3 3 wire
48 1/4 4 4 wire

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

373-3 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-9
Sensors with Temperature Transmitters for Sensors
Connection Heads with Connection Heads

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: 440 - - 3 85 U - S(0-200) C

1-0 Transmitter Type 1-6 Unit of Measure


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
(4 to 20) mA programmable Head C Celsius
440[1]
mounted RTD Transmitter F Fahrenheit
(4 to 20) mA programmable Head
441
mounted universal Transmitter
(4 to 20) mA HART® programmable Head 1-5 Range
442
mounted universal Transmitter
CODE DESCRIPTION
®
(4 to 20) mA HART Field Transmitter with S (lower limit – upper limit)
35T-642A
general purpose aluminum housing

[1] Only available with 2 or 3 wire input connection 1-4 Failure Mode
and Pt100 sensor type
CODE DESCRIPTION
U Upscale Burnout ≥ 20.5 mA
D Downscale Burnout ≤ 3.8 mA
1-1 Options (For 642 Series only)
CODE DESCRIPTION
T Solid cover 1-3 Sensor Type
D Glass cover with digital display CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if using 440, 441, or 442 J Type J thermocouple
K Type K thermocouple
T Type T thermocouple
1-2 Input Type
N Type N thermocouple
CODE DESCRIPTION
E Type E thermocouple
00[1] Unconfigured
85 100 ohm platinum (α = 0.003 85 ºC)
1 Thermocouple (TC)
2 RTD (2-wire)
3 RTD (3-wire)
4 RTD (4-wire)
[1] Default setting supplied as Pt100 (0-100) °C

For complete transmitter specifications see Transmitter Section.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-10 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 394-1
Configuration Code GP07
Sensors with Fixed Sheath RTD Assemblies
Connection Heads with Miniature Connection Heads
Fixed length RTD assemblies with miniature heads are offered with mounting fittings that are welded or braze to the sheath for direct immersion
into a process. The miniature heads offer a compact design and are ideal for laboratory applications or applications where space is limited. The
RTD assemblies are supplied with a 316 stainless steel sheath in several diameters. They are offered in various initial accuracies and temperature
ranges as noted below.

X
X

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 2-0 3 4-0 4-1
Example Order Number: RBF185L 48 3 - 006(1/2) - 00 - 8HPB 25

1-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements


α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 3-0 No Fitting or Bend Options 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings
INITIAL ELEMENT CODE 00 CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC
9HNB 1/4” x 1/4” stainless steel hex nipple
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 - 204) ºC 3-1 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings
1/4” stainless steel hex bushing (no process
SINGLE AVAILABLE 8HPB
NPT threads)
PRESSURE SHEATH
R1T185L ± 0.1% CODE TYPE SIZE 1/4” NPT 316 stainless steel compression
RATED DIAMETERS 8CFB
(inches) fitting (no process threads)
R5T185L ± 0.01% (inches)
01A 303 SS 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 1/4” NPT brass compression fitting (no
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 TO 204) ºC 22CFB
process threads)
RBF185L ± 0.12% 05A 316 SS 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4

RAF185L ± 0.06% 05B 316 SS 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
4-1 Miniature Head Terminations
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 TO 600) ºC 05C 316 SS 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8
CODE DESCRIPTION
R1T185H ± 0.1% 15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
Miniature plastic head (3/8” NPT conduit
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8 17
opening)
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8
25 Miniature nickel-plated head
1-1 Sheath Diameters
DIAMETERS 3-2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
CODE
(inches) 316 SS NPT SIZE AVAILABLE SHEATH
CODE TYPE
28 1/8 (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
10A 303 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16
38 3/16
10B 303 SS 1/4 1/4, 3/8
48 1/4
10C 303 SS 1/2 1/4, 3/8
68 3/8
12A 316 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
12B 316 SS 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
1-2 Element 12C 316 SS 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8
Connection
11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
CODE DESCRIPTION
11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
2 2 wire element 11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8
3 3 wire element Spring-loaded
19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4
SS well fitting
4 4 wire element
®
Teflon gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max.

3-3 Fixed Bushings


2 -0 “X” Dimensions
CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH
Insert three digit “X” length 316 SS NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
in inches. 8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
Sheath lengths over 72” 8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
will be shipped in a coiled 8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
configuration unless
8D _ _[1] 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
otherwise specified.
[1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus inserting length
“U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded bushing. EXAMPLE: order
code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6” from hot tip.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

440-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-11
Configuration Code GP08
Sensors with Fixed Sheath Thermocouple Assemblies
Connection Heads with Miniature Connection Heads
Fixed Sheath Thermocouple Assemblies with miniature connection heads are offered with mounting fitting that are welded or braze to the sheath for
direct immersion into a process. The miniature heads offer a compact design and are ideal for laboratory applications or applications where space
is limited. The MgO insulated thermocouple assemblies are offered in a variety of calibrations, sheath diameters, and sheath materials.

X
X

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-0 3 4-0 4-1

Example Order Number: J 3 8 U - 012 - 01A - 8HPB 25

1-0 Thermocouple Types 3-0 No Fitting or Bend Options 4-0 Head Mounting Fittings
CODE CODE 00 CODE DESCRIPTION
SINGLE DUPLEX 9HNB 1/4” x 1/4” stainless steel hex nipple
E EE 3-1 One-Time Adjustable Compression Fittings
1/4” stainless steel hex bushing (no process
J JJ 8HPB
NPT SIZE PRESSURE AVAILABLE SHEATH threads)
K KK CODE TYPE
(inches) RATED DIAMETERS (inches) 1/4” NPT 316 stainless steel compression
8CFB
T TT fitting (no process threads)
01A 303 SS 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
1/4” NPT brass compression fitting (no
22CFB
05A 316 SS 1/8 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4 process threads)
1-1 Sheath Diameters
CODE DIAMETER (inches) 05B 316 SS 1/4 YES 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
2 1/8 05C 316 SS 1/2 YES 1/8, 1/4, 3/8
4-1 Miniature Head Terminations
3 3/16 15A Brass 1/8 NO 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
4 1/4
CODE DESCRIPTION
15B Brass 1/4 NO 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
6 3/8 Miniature plastic head (3/8” NPT conduit
15C Brass 1/2 NO 1/4, 3/8 17
opening)
25 Miniature nickel-plated head
1-2 Sheath Materials 3-2 Re-Adjustable Compression Fittings
STANDARD NPT SIZE AVAILABLE SHEATH
CODE MATERIAL AVAILABLE CODE TYPE
(inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
TYPES
10A 303 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16
3 Inconel 600 J, K
10B 303 SS 1/4 1/4, 3/8
4 310 SS K
10C 303 SS 1/2 1/4, 3/8
5 446 SS K[1] 12A 316 SS 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
8 316 SS E, J, K, T 12B 316 SS 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
[1] All sensors with 446SS 12C 316 SS 1/2 1/8, 1/4, 3/8
sheaths must have an
ungrounded measuring junction. 11A Brass 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
11B Brass 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
11C Brass 1/2 1/4, 3/8
1-3 Measuring Junctions Spring-loaded
19C 1/2 3/16, 1/4
SS well fitting
CODE DESCRIPTION ®
Teflon gland standard 204 ºC [400 ºF] max.
G Grounded junction
U Ungrounded junction 3-3 Fixed Bushings
E Exposed junction CODE MOUNTING THREAD AVAILABLE SHEATH
316 SS NPT (inches) DIAMETERS (inches)
8A _ _[1] 1/8 1/8, 3/16, 1/4
8B _ _[1] 1/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
2-0 ‘X’ Dimension 8C _ _[1] 1/2 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
Insert three digit “X” length in 8D _ _[1] 3/4 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 3/8
inches
[1] When ordering fixed bushings, specify order code above plus inserting length
Sheath lengths over 72" will be “U”, as measured from hot tip to bottom of threaded bushing. EXAMPLE: order
shipped in a coiled configuration code 8A06 is 1/8” NPT, 316 SS bushing located 6” from hot tip.
unless otherwise specified.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-12 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 441-1
Sensors with Replacement Element “X” Dimension Calculations
Connection Heads
“X” Dimension Formula for Replacement Sensors

OPTION FORMULA
SL X = “S” Well length + “E” Extension length + “Kh” Head length - 3/8 inch
SC X = “S” Well length + “E” Extension length

3” Nom. X

7/8” Nom.

1/2” S+1/4”
IN UNCOMPRESSED STATE

S+1/4”
WRENCH TIGHT PROVIDES 1/4” SPRING COMPRESSION
REFERENCE PLANE WHEN ASSEMBLED ON WELL

Kh E S

Pyromation Kh Dimension Formula for SL Formula for


Head Order Code in inches option SC option
31 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
34 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
49 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
53 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8 ” X=S+E
62 1.25 X = S + E + 7/8” X=S+E
63 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
71 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
72 1.125 X = S + E + 3/4” X=S+E
74 1.625 X = S + E + 1 1/4” X=S+E
81 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
82 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
91 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E
92 1.00 X = S + E + 5/8” X=S+E

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

408-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com GP-13
Sensors with General Purpose Connection Head
Connection Heads and Transmitter Selection Guide

Temperature Transmitters
T-440 T-441 T-442 T-642 T-642 w/Display
Complete Transmitter
Specifications are located in
Transmitter Section.

Complete Connection Head


Specifications are located in Input: Input: Input: Input: Input:
the Accessories Section. Pt100 RTD Thermocouple, Thermocouple, Thermocouple, Thermocouple,
Only RTD, Other RTD, Other RTD, Other RTD, Other
Programmable Head Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Field
Mounted Head Mounted Head Mounted Field Transmitter, Transmitter, Dual
Transmitter, Transmitter, Isolated, Transmitter, Isolated, Dual Input, Isolated, Input, Isolated, HART®,
(4 to 20) mA analog (4 to 20) mA analog HART®, protocol, HART®, protocol, protocol, (4 to 20) mA
output output (4 to 20) mA analog (4 to 20) mA analog analog output with
Connection Heads output output Digital display

Aluminum
31
Screw Cover X X X
Head

Cast Iron Screw


34 Cover Head X

Aluminum Field
35 Transmitter X X
Housing

Flip Top
49 Aluminum Head X X X

Grey Delrin®
53 Screw Cover X
Head

DIN Form
B White
62 Polypropylene X X
Screw Cover
Head

White
Polypropylene
63 Screw Cover X
Head

316L Stainless
91 Steel Screw X
Cover Head

DIN form B 316


Stainless Steel
92 Screw Cover X X
Head

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

GP-14 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 379-2
Configuration Code XP01
Explosion Proof Sensors Hazardous Location Explosion Proof Approved Fixed
Element RTD Assemblies - Model 70-22
Explosion Proof Fixed Element RTD’s are for use in U.S. and Canadian hazardous areas. They are designed to extinguish flames inside the device
eliminating the potential for ignition of flammable mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. FM and CSA approved assemblies, dependent on
connection head type, meet XP Class I, Division 1, Group A, B, C and D; DIP Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G, and Class III, Division 1. They may
be installed directly in the process without being inserted into a thermowell. The assemblies feature 316 stainless steel sheaths in various diameter
sizes. They are available with or without process mountings and with aluminum or stainless steel explosion proof connection heads.

CSA file #217989

ORDER CODES
1-0 2-0 2-1 2-2 3-0 4-0 5-0 5-1 5-2
Example Select Type and Range
Order Number: XP - R1T185L 48 3 - 012 - 00 - 8HN 74, T- from back of Section

1-0 Agency Approval 5-1 Head Terminations


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
FM/CSA explosion proof approved 71 Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C
XP
assembly 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
74 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group A
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum explosion
2-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 75T-642B
proof housing, Group A
CODE INITIAL ELEMENT ACCURACY 0 ºC 81 316L stainless steel exploxion proof head Group C
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC 82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B
SINGLE DUPLEX 5-2 Options
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1% SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01% I Stainless steel tag
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC T-440[1] (4 to 20) mA Head-mounted transmitter
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12% T-441[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated Head-mounted transmitter
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06% T-442 [2]
(4 to 20) mA Hart® Isolated Head-mounted transmitter
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1% [1] Only available with option 71 or 81
[2] Not available with option 71 or 81
2-1 Sheath Diameters 316 SS
CODE DIAMETERS (inches) 5-0 Head Mounting Fittings
[1]
28 1/8 CODE DESCRIPTION
38 3/16 6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple 1” “E” length
48 1/4 8HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple 1” “E” length
68 3/8 9HP 1/2” NPT stainless steel bushing (no process threads)
[1] Not available in duplex 8RNDC 3/4” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple

2-2 Element Connection 4-0 Sheath Mounting Fittings


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
2 2 wire element 00 No Fitting
3 3 wire element
4[1] 4 wire element 3-0 “X” Dimensions

[1] Not available in duplex or with 440 Series Transmitter Insert three digit sheath length
(“X” Dimension) in inches.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

368-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com XP-1
Configuration Code XP02
Explosion Proof Sensors Hazardous Location Explosion Proof Approved Fixed Element
Thermocouple Assemblies - Model 70-82
Explosion Proof Fixed Element Thermocouples are for use in U.S. and Canadian hazardous areas. They are designed to extinguish flames inside
the device eliminating the potential for ignition of flammable mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. FM and CSA approved assemblies, dependant
on connection head type, meet XP Class I, Division 1, Group A, B, C and D; DIP Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G and Class III, Division 1. They
may be installed directly in the process without being inserted into a thermowell. The assemblies feature 316 stainless steel sheaths in various
diameter sizes and ungrounded isolated junctions. They are available with or without process mountings and with aluminum or stainless steel
explosion proof connection heads.

CSA file #217989

ORDER CODES
1-0 2-0 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-0 4-0 5-0 5-1 5-2

Example Select Type and Range


Order Number: XP - K 4 8 U - 012 - 00 - 8HN 72, T- from back of Section

1-0 Agency Approval 5-1 Head Terminations


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
FM/CSA explosion proof 71 Cast Iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C
XP
approved assembly 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
74 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group A
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum
2-0 Thermocouple Types 75T-642B
explosion proof housing, Group A
CODE CODE 81 316L stainless steel exploxion proof head Group C
SINGLE DUPLEX DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head
82
E EE Group B
5-2 Options
J JJ
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
K KK
I Stainless steel tag
T TT
[1]
T-441 (4 to 20) mA isolated head-mounted transmitter
T-442[1] (4 to 20) mA Hart® isolated head-mounted transmitter
2-1 Sheath Diameters
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
CODE DIAMETER (inches)
[1] Not available with option 71 or 81
2 1/8
38 3/16
5-0 Head Mounting Fittings
4 1/4
CODE DESCRIPTION
6 3/8
6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT steel hex nipple
8HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple
2-2 Sheath Materials 9HP 1/2” NPT stainless steel brushing (no process threads)
CODE MATERIAL STANDARD AVAILABLE TYPES 8RNDC 3/4” x 1/2” NPT stainless steel hex nipple

3 Inconel 600 J, K
4 310 SS K
4-0 Sheath Mounting Fittings
5 446 SS K
8 316 SS E, J, K, T CODE DESCRIPTION
00 No Fitting

2-3 Measuring Junction


3-0 “X” Dimensions
CODE DESCRIPTION
Insert three digit sheath length (“X”
U Ungrounded Dimension) in inches.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

XP-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 374-2
Configuration Code XP03
Explosion Proof Sensors Hazardous Location Explosion Proof Approved RTD
Assemblies with Thermowells - Model 70-20
Explosion Proof RTD Assemblies with Thermowells are for use in U.S. and Canadian hazardous areas. They are designed to extinguish flames
inside the device eliminating the potential for ignition of flammable mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. FM and CSA approved assemblies,
dependant on connection head type, meet XP Class I, Division 1, Group A, B, C, and D; DIP Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G and Class III, Division
1. The required thermowell is available in standard, heavy-duty, and flanged constructions. The assemblies feature 316 stainless steel sheaths.
They are available with aluminum or stainless steel explosion proof connection heads.

S
1/4”

CSA file #217989


U

ORDER CODES
1-0 2-0 2-1 2-2 3-0 4-0 5-0 5-1 5-2
Example Select Thermowell Part # Select Type and Range
Order Number: XP - R1T185L 48 3
- from Thermowell Section
- SC - 8HN 75T-642B, I from back of Section

1-0 Agency Approval 5-1 Head Terminations


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
FM/CSA explosion proof approved 71 Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C
XP
assembly 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
74 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group A
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum explosion proof
75T-642B
2-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements housing, Group A
α = 0.003 85 ºC-1 81 316L stainless steel exploxion proof head Group C
INITIAL ELEMENT 82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B
CODE
ACCURACY 0 ºC
5-2 Options
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
SINGLE DUPLEX
I Stainless steel tag
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1%
T-440[1] (4 to 20) mA Head-mounted transmitter
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01% [2]
T-441 (4 to 20) mA Isolated Head-mounted transmitter
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC
T-442[2] (4 to 20) mA Hart® Isolated Head-mounted transmitter
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12%
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06%
[1] Only available with option 71 or 81
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC
[2] Not available with option 71 or 81
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1%

5-0 Head Mounting Fittings


2-1 Sheath Diameters 316 S.S.
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DIAMETERS (inches)
STEEL FITTINGS 316SS FITTINGS
48 1/4
1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple
6HN 8HN
1” length 1” length
2-2 Element Connection 3-0 Thermowell 1/2” NPT pipe nipple 1/2” NPT pipe nipple
6PN_ 8PN
(specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
CODE DESCRIPTION Select thermowell 1/2” NPT union/nipple 1/2” NPT union/nipple
part number from 6XU_1] 8XU_[1]
2 2 wire (specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
Thermowell Section.
3 3 wire [1] 3 1/2” Minimum length required.
Maximum allowable “E” length is 9”
4[1] 4 wire 4-0 Element Options
[1] Not available in duplex or with
CODE DESCRIPTION
440 Series Transmitter
[1]
SL Spring loaded element
SC Self-contained spring loaded element
[1] Not available with opntion 75T-642B

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

375-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com XP-3
Configuration Code XP04
Explosion Proof Sensors Hazardous Location Explosion Proof Approved
Thermocouple Assemblies with Thermowells - Model 70-80
Explosion Proof Thermocouple Assemblies with Thermowells are for use in U.S. and Canadian hazardous areas. They are designed to extinguish
flames inside the device eliminating the potential for ignition of flammable mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. FM and CSA approved
assemblies, dependant on connection head type, meet XP Class I, Division 1, Group A, B, C, and D; DIP Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G and
Class III, Division 1. The required thermowell is available in standard, heavy-duty, and flanged constructions. The assemblies feature 316 stainless
steel sheaths and ungrounded isolated junctions. They are available with aluminum or stainless steel explosion proof connection heads.

E S
1/4”

U
CSA file #217989

ORDER CODES
1-0 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-0 4-0 5-0 5-1 5-2

Example Select Thermowell Part # Select Type and Range


Order Number: XP - J 48 U - from Thermowell Section - SL - 8XU4 72, I from back of Section

1-0 Agency Approval 5-1 Head Terminations

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

FM/CSA explosion proof 71 Cast Iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C


XP
approved assembly 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
74 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group A
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum explosion proof housing,
2-1 Thermocouple Types 75T-642B
Group A
CODE CODE 81 316L stainless steel exploxion proof head Group C
SINGLE DUPLEX 82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B
E EE 5-2 Options
J JJ SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
K KK I Stainless steel tag
T TT T-441 [1]
(4 to 20) mA isolated head-mounted transmitter
T-442[1] (4 to 20) mA Hart® isolated head-mounted transmitter
2-2 Sheath Diameters 316 SS See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
CODE DIAMETER (inches) [1] Not available with option 71 or 81
48 1/4

5-0 Head Mounting Fittings


2-3 Measuring Junction
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
STEEL FITTINGS 316SS FITTINGS
U Ungrounded
6HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” length 8HN 1/2” x 1/2” NPT hex nipple 1” length
1/2” NPT pipe nipple 1/2” NPT pipe nipple
6PN_ 8PN
(specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
3-0 Thermowell
1/2” NPT union/nipple 1/2” NPT union/nipple
Select thermowell from Thermowell 6XU_[1] 8XU_[1]
(specify “E” length in inches) (specify “E” length in inches)
Section.
[1] 3 1/2” minimum length required.
Maximum allowable “E” length is 9”

4-0 Element Options


SL[1] Spring-loaded element
Self-contained spring
SC
loaded element
[1] Not available with option 75T-642B

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

XP-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 376-2
Configuration Code XP05
Explosion Proof Sensors Hazardous Location Explosion Proof Approved
Spring-Loaded RTD Assemblies - Model 70-21
Explosion Proof Spring-Loaded RTD’s are for use in U.S. and Canadian hazardous areas. They are designed to extinguish flames inside the
device eliminating the potential for ignition of flammable mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. FM and CSA approved assemblies, dependant on
connection head type, meet XP Class I, Division 1, Group B, C and D; DIP Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G and Class III, Division 1. Pyromation
provides sensors for installation into your existing thermowell or provides the required thermowell as part of the assembly. Refer to the Thermowell
Section of this catalog for product selection. The assemblies feature 316 stainless steel sheaths. They are available with aluminum or stainless
steel explosion proof connection heads. Note: The “S” dimension will measure 1/4” longer than specified when the spring is in the relaxed postition.
The “S” dimension is calculated when the sensor is compressed or in the installed position. This design allows 1/4” spring compression to ensure
positive contact with the bottom of the thermowell.

CSA file #217989

ORDER CODES
1-0 2-0 2-1 2-2 3-0 4-0 5-0 5-1 5-2
Example Select Type and Range
Order Number: XP - R1T185L 48 3 - 006 - FP - 8HN 81, T- from back of Section

1-0 Agency Approved 5-1 Head Terminations


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
FM/CSA explosion proof approved 71 Cast iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C
XP
assembly 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum explosion
75T-642D
proof housing, Group B
2-0 100 Ω Platinum RTD Elements
81 316L stainless steel explosion proof head Group C
α = 0.003 85 ºC-1
82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B
INITIAL ELEMENT
CODE 5-2 Options
ACCURACY 0 ºC
SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing
LOW RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 204) ºC
I Stainless steel tag
SINGLE DUPLEX
T-440[1] (4 to 20) mA Head-mounted transmitter
R1T185L R1T285L ± 0.1%
T-441[2] (4 to 20) mA Isolated Head-mounted transmitter
R5T185L R5T285L ± 0.01%
[2]
T-442 (4 to 20) mA Hart® Isolated Head-mounted transmitter
LOW RANGE THIN FILM (-40 to 204) ºC
See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
RBF185L RBF285L ± 0.12%
RAF185L RAF285L ± 0.06% [1] Only available with option 71 or 81
[2] Not available with option 71 or 81
HIGH RANGE WIRE WOUND (-200 to 600) ºC
R1T185H R1T285H ± 0.1%
5-0 Head Mounting Fittings
CODE DESCRIPTION
2-1 Sheath Diameters 316 SS
316 STAINLESS STEEL FITTINGS
CODE DIAMETERS (inches)
8HN 1/2” NPT flame path fitting (1-1/2” “E” length)
48 1/4
1/2” NPT union/nipple with flame path fitting (specify “E”
8PU4[1]
length in inches, maximum allowable 9”)
2-2 Element Connection
[1] For longer lengths replace “4” with length in inches.
CODE DESCRIPTION
2 2 wire 4-0 Element Options
3 3 wire FP Spring-loaded element with flame path
4[1] 4 wire
[1] Not available in duplex or with 440 Series 3-0 “S” Dimensions
Transmitter
Insert three digit sheath length (“S” Dimension) in inches

377-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com XP-5
Configuration Code XP06
Explosion Proof Sensors Hazardous Location Explosion Proof Approved
Spring-Loaded Thermocouple Assemblies - Model 70-81
Explosion Proof Spring-Loaded Thermocouples are for use in U.S. and Canadian hazardous areas. They are designed to extinguish flames inside
the device eliminating the potential for ignition of flammable mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. FM and CSA approved assemblies, dependant
on connection head type, meet XP Class I, Division 1, Group B, C and D; DIP Class II, Division I, Groups E, F, G and Class III, Division 1. Pyromation
provides sensors for installation into your existing thermowell or provides the required thermowell as part of the assembly. Refer to the Thermowell
Section of this catalog for product selection. The assemblies feature 316 stainless steel sheaths and ungrounded isolated junctions. They are
available with aluminum or stainless steel explosion proof connection heads. Note: The “S” dimension will measure 1/4” longer than specified when
the spring is in the relaxed postition. The “S” dimension is calculated when the sensor is compressed or in the installed position. This design allows
1/4” spring compression to ensure positive contact with the bottom of the thermowell.

CSA file #217989

ORDER CODES
1-0 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-0 4-0 5-0 5-1 5-2

Example
Order Number:
XP - J 48 U - 012 - FP - 8HN 71, T- Select Type and Range
from back of Section

1-0 Agency Approval 5-1 Head Terminations


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
FM/CSA explosion proof 71 Cast Iron/aluminum explosion proof head Group C
XP
approved assembly 72 DIN form B aluminum explosion proof head Group B
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter with aluminum
75T-642D
explosion proof housing, Group B

2-1 Thermocouple Types 81 316L stainless steel explosion proof head Group C

CODE CODE 82 DIN form B 316 stainless steel explosion proof head Group B

SINGLE DUPLEX 5-2 Options

E EE SB 1/2” NPT conduit reducer bushing

J JJ I Stainless steel tag

K KK T-441[1] (4 to 20) mA isolated head-mounted transmitter

T TT T-442[1] (4 to 20) mA Hart® isolated head-mounted transmitter


See transmitter ordering information in back of section.
[1] Not available with option 71 or 81
2-2 Sheath Diameters 316 SS
CODE DIAMETER (inches)
48 1/4
5-0 Head Mounting Fittings
CODE DESCRIPTION
2-3 Measuring Junction
316 STAINLESS STEEL FITTINGS
CODE DESCRIPTION
8HN 1/2” NPT flame path fitting (1-1/2” “E” length)
U Ungrounded
1/2” NPT union/nipple with flame path fitting
8PU4[1]
(specify “E” length in inches, maximum allowable 9”)
[1] For longer lengths replace “4” with length in inches.

3-0 “S” Dimensions


Insert three digit sheath length
(“S” Dimension) in inches 4-0 Element Options
FP Spring-loaded element with flame path

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

XP-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 378-2
Temperature Transmitters for Hazardous Location
Explosion Proof Sensors Explosion Proof Sensor Assemblies

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: 75T-642B - D - 3 85 U - S(0-200) C

1-0 Transmitter Type 1-6 Unit of Measure


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
(4 to 20) mA programmable Head C Celsius
440[1]
mounted RTD Transmitter F Fahrenheit
(4 to 20) mA programmable Head
441
mounted universal Transmitter
(4 to 20) mA HART® programmable Head 1-5 Range
442
mounted universal Transmitter
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter
CODE DESCRIPTION
with explosion proof aluminum housing S (lower limit – upper limit)
75T-642B
FM/CSA Class I, Div I, Groups A,B,C,D;
Class II, Groups E,F,G: Class III
(4 to 20) mA HART® Field Transmitter 1-4 Failure Mode
with explosion proof aluminum housing
75T-642D
FM/CSA Class I, Div I, Groups B,C,D; CODE DESCRIPTION
Class II, Groups E,F,G: Class III
U Upscale Burnout ≥ 20.5 mA
[1] Only available with 2 or 3 wire input connection and
D Downscale Burnout ≤ 3.8 mA
Pt100 sensor type

1-3 Sensor Type


1-1 Options (For 642 Series only)
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
J Type J thermocouple
T Solid cover
K Type K thermocouple
D Glass cover with digital display
T Type T thermocouple
Leave blank if using 440, 441, or 442
N Type N thermocouple
E Type E thermocouple
1-2 Input Type 85 100 ohm platinum (α = 0.003 85 ºC)
CODE DESCRIPTION
00[1] Unconfigured
1 Thermocouple (TC)
2 RTD (2-wire)
3 RTD (3-wire)
4 RTD (4-wire)
[1] Default setting supplied as Pt100 (0-100) °C

For complete transmitter specifications see Transmitter Section.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

395-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com XP-7
Explosion Proof Sensors Connection Head and Transmitter Selection Guide

Temperature Transmitters
T-440 T-441 T-442 T-642 T-642 w/display
Complete Transmitter
Specifications are located in
Transmitter Section.

Complete Connection Head


Specifications are located in Input: Input: Input: Input: Input:
the Accessories Section. Pt100 RTD Thermocouple, Thermocouple, Thermocouple, Thermocouple,
Only RTD, Other RTD, Other RTD, Other RTD, Other
Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Field
Head Mounted Head Mounted Head Mounted Field Transmitter, Transmitter, Dual
Transmitter, Transmitter, Isolated, Transmitter, Isolated, Dual Input, Isolated, Input, Isolated, HART®,
(4 to 20) mA analog (4 to 20) mA analog HART®, protocol, HART®, protocol, protocol, (4 to 20) mA
output output (4 to 20) mA analog (4 to 20) mA analog analog output with
Connection Heads output output Digital display

Cast Iron/
71 Aluminum
Explosion Proof X
Head Group C

DIN form B
Aluminum
72 Explosion Proof X X
Head Group B

DIN form B
Aluminum
74 Explosion Proof X X
Head Group A

DIN form B
Aluminum
75 Explosion Proof X X
Field Transmitter
Housing Group A

316L Stainless
Steel Explosion
81 Proof Head X
Group C

DIN form B 316


82 Stainless Steel X X
Head Group B

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

XP-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 380-2
Overview of NEC® Hazardous Location
Explosion Proof Sensors Classifications and Methods of Protection

Divisions
Classes Groups
1 2
Class I Examples
Location in which flammable Group A: Acetylene Locations where hazardous Locations where hazardous
gases or vapors are or may be Group B: Hydrogen material exists under normal materials are expected to
present in the air in quantities Group C: Ethylene operating conditions or be confined within closed
sufficient to produce explosive Group D: Propane, through breakdown or repair. containers of closed
or ignitable mixtures. Fuels, Solvents systems but may become
present through a leak or
process failure.

Class II Examples
Locations that are hazardous E: Metal Dusts Combustible dust is in the Combustible dust may
because of the presence of F: Carbon Dust air under normal operating be in the air in sufficient
combustible dust. G: Combustible conditions in quantities quantities to produce an
Dust, flour, grain, sufficient to produce explosive explosion due to abnormal
wood, plastic, or ignitable mixtures or operations or failure of
chemicals through breakdown or repair. electrical equipment.

Class III
Locations that are hazardous There are no Easily ignitable fibers Easily ignitable fibers are
because of the presence defined Groups. or materials producing stored or handled other
of easily ignitable fibers or Examples combustible flyings are than in the process of
flyings, but in which such are Textiles, handled, manufactured, or manufacture.
fibers or flyings are not likely woodworking, used.
to be in suspension in the Paper fibers.
air in quantities sufficient to
produce ignitable mixtures.

Methods of Protection
Intrinsically Safe (IS) Nonincendive (NI)
Explosionproof (XP) Dust-Ignitionproof (DIP) Class I, Division 1, 2 Class I, Division 2
Class I, Division 1, 2 Class II, Division 1, 2 Class II, Division 1, 2 Class II, Division 2
Class III, Division 1, 2 Class III, Division 1, 2
Apparatus enclosed in a case Equipment enclosed in Equipment not capable Equipment having electrical
that is capable of withstanding a manner that excludes of releasing sufficient circuitry that is incapable,
an explosion of a specified gas dust and does not permit electrical or thermal energy under normal operating
or vapor that may occur within it arcs, sparks, or heat under normal or abnormal conditions, of causing
and of preventing the ignition of a otherwise generated or conditions to cause ignition ignition of a specified
specified gas or vapor surrounding liberated inside of the of a specific flammable or flammable gas-air, vapor-air,
the enclosure by sparks, flashes, enclosure to cause ignition combustible atmospheric or dust-air mixture due to
or explosion of the gas or vapor of exterior accumulations or mixture in its most easily arcing or thermal means.
within, and that operates at such atmospheric suspensions of ignitable concentration.
an external temperature that a a specified dust on or in the
surrounding flammable atmosphere vicinity of the enclosure.
will not be ignited thereby.

This material is for reference only. Refer to The NEC® 2005 Handbook, NFPA 70: National Electrical Code®
International Electrical Code® Series (Quincy, MA, 2005) for authoritative and complete documentation.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

439-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com XP-9
Thermowells Thermowell Design and Selection Criteria

A thermowell is a pressure-tight receptacle that protects and extends the life of a temperature sensor in processing applications where
the sensor is not mechanically or chemically compatible with the process environment. Installed directly into the piping systems,
thermowells facilitate sensor replacement in high pressure pipelines and eliminate the need to interrupt the process flow or drain
the process system for sensor maintenance functions. The use of standardized thermowells permits simple relocation of sensors
throughout a plant.

Strength versus accurate and fast temperature measurement is a balancing act. The factors which tend to produce high strength
also tend to reduce the temperature sensor’s accuracy and speed of response. A properly selected thermowell will balance these
opposing factors to produce a design capable of functioning satisfactorily in the intended application. The listed factors are a general
guide and are not all inclusive. Refer to ASME Performance Test code 19.3 for a more authoritative dissertation on proper thermowell
selection.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

91-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-1
Configuration Code TW01
Thermowells Drilled Thermowells

The drilled thermowells listed below are those most commonly found in process applications. Other types and styles are
listed later in this section. The thermowells listed below are available as separate component wells and can be ordered
by the code numbers listed below. They can also be ordered as a part of a complete sensor assembly. Consult factory
for wells with different mounting threads, lengths, and materials.
STANDARD DUTY WELLS HEAVY DUTY WELLS

“S” 1/4” “S” 1/4”


“P” “P”
Bore Size Bore Size

1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT


3/4” “T” 1” “U” 3/4” “T” 1” “U”

STRAIGHT SHANK SOCKET WELD WELD-IN WELLS


“S” 1/4” “S” 1/4”
Bore Size Bore Size

“P” “P”

1 3/4” + “T” “U” 1 3/4” + “T” “U”


1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: S 4 D 06 08 T2 S


1-0 Well Type 1-6 Well Options
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
S Standard duty threaded (NPT) C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
H Heavy duty threaded (NPT) C22 Brass well cap and chain
SW Straight shank socket weld Customer specified part number marked on
S
the thermowell - (12 digit maximum)
WI Weld-in

1-1 Bore Size 1-2 Pipe Size “P” 1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260 Dia. Bore C 1/2” Pipe[1]
Leave blank if No Lag is required
D 3/4” Pipe
T2 2” Lag standard on 6” well
E 1” Pipe
T3 3” Lag standard on 9, 12, 15, 18, 24” wells
[1] Only available with well type S or H
T__ Special Lag specify “T” dimension in inches
1-3 Length Dimensions (inches)

“S” “U” DIMENSIONS


CODE
DIMENSIONS NO LAG WITH STANDARD LAG 1-4 Material
04 4 2(1/2) N/A CODE DESCRIPTION
06 6 4(1/2) 2(1/2) 8 316 stainless steel
09 9 7(1/2) 4(1/2) 9 304 stainless steel
12 12 10(1/2) 7(1/2)
15 15 13(1/2) 10(1/2)
18 18 16(1/2) 13(1/2)
24 24 22(1/2) 19(1/2)

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 90-7
Configuration Code TW02
Thermowells Flanged Thermowells

The flanged thermowells described on this page are those commonly found in most process applications. These wells
are supplied as standard or heavy duty with raised-faced flanges. Other types and styles are listed later in this section.
Consult factory for wells with different flange sides, lengths, and materials.

FLANGED THERMOWELLS
STANDARD DUTY HEAVY DUTY
1/4" 1/4"
“S” “S”
2 1/4" + “T” “U” 2 1/4" + “T” “U”

“Q” “Q” Bore Size


Bore Size
1 1/4" 1 1/4"
Nominal Nominal

1/2” - NPT 1/2” - NPT

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: SF 4 15 R 3 12 08 T2 C8

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Well Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
SF Standard flanged C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
HF Heavy Duty flanged C22 Brass well cap and chain
Customer specified part number marked
S
1-1 Bore Size on thermowell (12 digit maximum)
CODE DESCRIPTION
1-7 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
4 0.260 Bore
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
1-2 Flange Size
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
CODE DESCRIPTION
10 1”
1-6 Well Material
15 1 1/2”
CODE DESCRIPTION
20 2”
08 316 Stainless steel
09 304 Stainless steel
1-3 Flange Type
CODE DESCRIPTION 1-5 Well Length (inches)

R Raised face DESCRIPTION


CODE
“S” DIMENSION “U” DIMENSION
1-4 Pressure Rating 06 6 4

CODE DESCRIPTION 09 9 7

1 150 class 12 12 10

3 300 class 15 15 13
18 18 16
24 24 22

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

92-7 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-3
Configuration Code TW03
Thermowells Built-Up Protection Wells and Thermal Element Wells

ORDER CODES
BUILT-UP PROTECTION WELLS
Built-Up Protection Wells are small diameter general purpose wells for use in low temperature, low pressure, and low fluid velocity applications. Built-Up Protection
Wells are constructed using tubing and welding or brazing bushings onto the tubing. Built-Up Protection Wells of all stainless steel construction have welded-on
bushings. Built-Up Protection Wells with brass bushings are brazed-on bushings.
B U

Internal NPT Threads

Process Thread
1 2 3
Example Order Number: 26 - 48 - 06 - 803

1 Well Size and Material 2 Well ‘U’ Dimensions 3 Mounting Bushing Material - Dimensions
TUBE (inches) Insert (2) digit ‘U’ length in CODE BUSHING THREADS (inches) BUSHING ‘B’
CODE MATERIAL
OD ID inches. EXAMPLES: 06 = BRASS 316 SS EXT. INT. DIM. (inches)
48 0.250 x 0.193 316 SS 6" U Dim. 02 (1/2) = 2(1/2)")
U Dim. 2201[1] 801[1] 1/4 1/8 3/4
58 0.313 x 0.255 316 SS 2202 802 3/8 1/8 3/4
88 0.500 x 0.260 316 SS 2203 803 3/8 1/4 3/4
Z Special (Consult factory) 2204 804 1/2 1/8 15/16
2205 805 1/2 1/4 15/16
2206 806 1/2 3/8 15/16
2207 807 1/2 1/2 1 1/2
2208 808 3/4 1/8 1
2209 809 3/4 1/4 1
2210 810 3/4 3/8 1
2211 811 3/4 1/2 1
[1] Not available with 1/2" OD wells

ORDER CODES
THERMAL ELEMENT WELLS
The Thermal Element Wells listed below are for use with Partlow's filled system thermometer bulbs. Thermal Element Wells are available in 3/4" NPT and 1" NPT
external mounting threads. All Thermal Element Wells have 3/8" NPT internal threads, and all wells are constructed with 304 SS.
U
3/8" NPT Internal Threads
0.560 OD 0.396 ID

Process Thread
Example Order Number: 26 - W225-3/4”
304 SS Thermal Element Protection Wells
CODE
‘U’ DIMENSIONS
3/4” NPT PROCESS 1” NPT PROCESS ELEMENT RANGE
(inches)
THREAD (inches) THREAD (inches) OLD NEW
W 112 - 3/4 W 112 - 1 112 091 or 117 29 13/16
W 217 - 3/4 W 217 - 1 217 094 or 119 15 11/16
W 225 - 3/4 W 225 - 1 225 101 or 121 16 1/16
W 335 - 3/4 W 335 - 1 335 104 or 237 13 3/8
W 445 - 3/4 W 445 - 1 445 106 or 123 10 1/4
W 555 - 3/4 W 555 - 1 555 108 or 125 8 7/16
W 665 - 3/4 W 665 - 1 665 109 or 126 7 5/16
W 780 - 3/4 W 780 - 1 780 111 or 128 6 1/16
W 910 - 3/4 W 910 - 1 910 113 or 130 5 3/16
W1011 - 3/4 W1011 - 1 1011 115 4 7/8

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 93-8
Thermowells Thermowell Materials

Code Description UNS Number Trade Names


03 Alloy 600 N06600 Inconel®
04 310 SS S31000
05 446 SS S44600
06 Carbon Steel*
07 Alloy 601 N06601 Inconel®
08 316 SS/316 L S31603
09 304 SS/304 L S30403
22 Brass*
27 Alloy 400 N04400 Monel®
28 Alloy B N10001 Hastelloy®
29 Alloy C-276 N10276 Hastelloy®
31 Nickel 200 N02200
35 321 SS S32100
36 347 SS S34700
37 Alloy 800 N08800 Incoloy®
38 Alloy 20 N08020 Carpenter®
41 HR-160 N12160 Haynes®
50 Zirconium R60702
51 Alloy X Hastelloy®
56 Teflon Teflon®
59 F22-1 K21590
60 F11-2 K11572
61 A105 K03504
91 F91 K91560
*Materials available in various alloys - Consult factory.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

94-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-5
Thermowells Thermowell Options and Specifications
The following options are available on Pyromation thermowells. Please contact our sales department for information and current pricing.
Documentation/Testing
Certificate of Compliance
Hydrostatic Test (External) ASTM E1003-95 Compliant
Liquid Dye Penetrant Test ASTM E1220-05 Compliant
Material Test Reports
NACE Hardness Test Certified to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. Thermowell must be made of a NACE recognized material.
Positive Material Identification X-Ray, Radiograph
Wake Frequency Calculation ASME PTC 19.3-1974
Weld X-Ray Inspection Call for Pricing
Services
Expedited Delivery Call for Pricing
Oxygen cleaning ASTM G93-03 Compliant (when specified)
Stamping 12 Characters Maximum
Full Penetration Weld Performed by welders certified to ASME Section IX, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Component/Coatings
Abrasive Coatings Call for Pricing
Plug and Chain - Brass Call for Pricing
Plug and Chain - Stainless Steel Call for Pricing
Ring Joint Flange Call for Pricing
Tantalum Jacket Call for Pricing
Teflon Coatings (FEP) Call for Pricing
Industry Specifications
Canadian Registration Numbers CSA B-51.[1] Boiler, Pressure Vessel and Piping Code
Flanged Thermowells ASME B16.5-2003 prior to fabrication
NACE MRO175/ISO 15156 Certification, stress relief, annealing and custom. (Barstock ther-
Heat Treating
mowells meet this specification. Flanged thermowells can be heat-treated to comply.)
Material ASTM Compliance and other applicable National Standards
Pipe Threads ASME B1.20.1-1983
3A Sanitary Council Standard. Authorization Number: 487 4-12
Sanitary Thermowells
Ra Food Grade Surface Finish
Manufacturing Tolerances and Maximums
32” maximum for standard drilled thermowells. 61” maximum for full penetrating butt weld, two piece
“S” Length Maximum
construction thermowells. Over 61” consult factory. 12” maximum “S” length for plastic thermowells
Barstock Outside Diameter Mill Standard + 0.000” / -0.0313
Bore “Bottom” Shape “W” (nominal)
Bore Concentricity 0.0015” per inch (± 10% of minimum wall thickness)
Bore Depth ±0.020” (through 24.00”)
Bore Diameter ±0.005” / -0.003” (bore sizes 0.125” through 0.406” I.D.)
Insertion Length Lengths up to 22.50” ± 0.0625. Lengths up to 22.50” through 48” ±0.125. Lengths over 48” through ±0.25.
Marking 0.0938” minimum height characters indicating material grade and material traceability codes
Stem Outside Diameter ±0.010”
Maximum tapered length is 16.00”. “U” dimensions greater than 16.00” in length are manufactured with a
Tapered Allowance straight OD beginning below the process connection radius and following through with only the last 16.00”
of “U” dimension tapered to minor OD.
Internal Threads 1/2”-14 - NPT per ANSI B1.20.1.92. 1 to 3 turns deep per UL 866 and CSA C22.2 No. 30-M1986
Tip Thickness 0.25 ± 0.0625
[1] Available as an option. Must be specified.
© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 418-1
Thermowells Standard Duty Threaded Thermowells
Standard Duty Threaded Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths, and with optional lagging
extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure
and corrosion resistance requirements. The stepped construction is used in standard duty application and increases the speed of response
while maintaining mechanical strength. They are designed with standard 0.260” bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a
0.252” maximum diameter. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

“P”
“Q”
BORE SIZE

1/2” NPT

Thermowell Dimensions
“P” “Q” “V”
+ = Wells are made from round bar with milled wrench hex. 1 1/4” NPT
and 1 1/2” NPT wells are supplied as round bar with milled wrench flats. 1/2” NPT 5/8” Dia. 1/2” Dia.
3/4” NPT 3/4” Dia. 1/2” Dia.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”
1” NPT 7/8” Dia. 1/2” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified) 1 1/4” NPT 1 1/4” Dia. 7/8” Dia.
1 1/2” NPT 1 1/2” Dia. 7/8” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: S 4 D 06 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
S Standard duty threaded C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
S
part number
1-1 Bore Size
CODE DESCRIPTION
1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
4 0.260” Dia. bore
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
1-2 Pipe Size “P”
CODE DESCRIPTION
1-4 Material
C 1/2” NPT
CODE DESCRIPTION
D 3/4” NPT
Specify two digit material code as
E 1” NPT
XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
F 1 1/4” NPT located earlier in section
G 1 1/2” NPT
1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

419-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-7
Thermowells Heavy Duty Threaded Thermowells
Heavy Duty Threaded Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths and with optional lagging
extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure
and corrosion resistance requirements. They are designed with standard 0.260” or 0.385” bore diameters to accommodate sensing
elements with either a 0.252” or 0.377” maximum diameters. The tapered design is suited for heavy duty applications where greater rigidity
is required for increased pressure and flow due to process conditions. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a
complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

1/2” NPT

Thermowell Dimensions
“P” “Q” “V“ (0.260”) “V” (0.385”)
+ = Wells are made from round bar with milled wrench hex. 1 1/4” NPT
1/2” NPT 5/8” Dia. 5/8” Dia. N/A
and 1 1/2” NPT wells are supplied as round bar with milled wrench flats.
3/4” NPT 7/8” Dia. 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T” 1” NPT 1 1/16” Dia. 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)
Maximum tapered length is 16” 1 1/4” NPT 1 3/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia.
1 1/2” NPT 1 5/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: H 4 D 06 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
H Heavy duty threaded C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
1-1 Bore Size Well stamped with customer specified
S
CODE DESCRIPTION part number

4 0.260” Dia. bore


1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
6 0.385” Dia. bore
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
1-2 Pipe Size “P”
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
CODE DESCRIPTION
C 1/2” NPT
1-4 Material
D 3/4” NPT
CODE DESCRIPTION
E 1” NPT
Specify two digit material code as
F 1 1/4” NPT XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
G 1 1/2” NPT located earlier in section

1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-8 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 420-1
Thermowells Straight Shank Threaded Thermowells

Straight Shank Threaded Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths, and with optional lagging
extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure
and corrosion resistance requirements. They are designed with standard 0.260” or 0.385” bore diameters to accommodate sensing
elements with either a 0.252” or 0.377” maximum diameters. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a complete
sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

1/2” NPT

Thermowell Dimensions
+ = Wells are made from round bar with milled wrench hex. 1 1/4” NPT and “P” “Q”
1 1/2” NPT wells are supplied as round bar with milled wrench flats.
1/2” NPT 5/8” Dia.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T” 3/4” NPT 3/4” Dia.
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)
1” NPT 7/8” Dia.
1 1/4” NPT 1 1/4” Dia.
1 1/2” NPT 1 1/2” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: ST 4 D 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
ST Straight shank threaded C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
1-1 Bore Size Well stamped with customer specified
S
CODE DESCRIPTION part number

4 0.260 Dia. bore


1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
6 0.385” Dia. bore
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
1-2 Pipe Size “P”
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
CODE DESCRIPTION
C 1/2” NPT
1-4 Material
D 3/4” NPT
CODE DESCRIPTION
E 1” NPT
Specify two digit material code as
F 1 1/4” NPT XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
G 1 1/2” NPT located earlier in section

1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

421-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-9
Thermowells Limited Space Thermowells

Limited Space Thermowells are available in a variety of materials and process connection sizes. Thermowell specifications should be
determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. They
are intended for use in piping systems where space is limited. They are designed with standard 0.260” bore diameter to accommodate
sensing elements with a 0.252” maximum diameter. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a complete sensor
assembly.

3/4” and 1” NPT 1/2” NPT

1 1/4” 1 7/16”

3/16” 9/16” 3/16”

“P” “P”
1/2” NPT 1/2” NPT

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4

Example Order Number: LS 4 D 2.5 08 C8

1-0 Well Type 1-4 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
LS Limited space threaded C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
1-1 Bore Size S
part number
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore
1-3 Material
CODE DESCRIPTION
1-2 Pipe Size “P” Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
CODE DESCRIPTION
located earlier in section
C 1/2” NPT
D 3/4” NPT
E 1” NPT

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-10 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 422-1
Thermowells Straight Shank Socket Weld Thermowells

Straight Shank Socket Weld Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths, and with optional
lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature,
pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The Straight Shank Socket Weld is designed to be used with a 3000 class weld-o-let
which allows the thermowell to be welded permanently into the process. They are designed with standard 0.260” or 0.385” bore diameters
to accommodate sensing elements with either a 0.252” or 0.377” maximum diameters. These wells are available as a separate component
or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

Thermowell Dimensions
1/2” NPT
“P” PIPE SIZE
Q
NOM. DIA.
3/4” 1.050” 3/4” Dia.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” 1” 1.315” 1” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified) 1 1/4” 1.660” 1 1/4” Dia.
1 1/2” 1.900” 1 1/2” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: SW 4 D 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
SW Straight shank socket weld C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
1-1 Bore Size S
part number
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore 1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
6 0.385” Dia. bore CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required

T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches

1-2 Pipe Size “P”


CODE DESCRIPTION 1-4 Material
D 3/4” CODE DESCRIPTION
E 1” Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
F 1 1/4” located earlier in section
G 1 1/2”
1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

423-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-11
Thermowells Heavy Duty Socket Weld Thermowells

Heavy Duty Socket Weld Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths and with optional lagging
extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, and pressure
and corrosion resistance requirements. The Heavy Duty Socket Weld is designed to be used with a 3000 class weld-o-let which allows the
thermowell to be welded permanently into the process. They are designed with standard 0.260” and 0.385” bore diameters to accommodate
sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum diameters. The tapered design is suited for heavy duty applications where greater rigidity
is required due to process conditions. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

Thermowell Dimensions
“P” PIPE SIZE V V
Q 0.260 0.385
NOM. DIA.
1/2” NPT
3/4” 1.050” 7/8” Dia. 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
1” 1.315” 1” Dia. 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” 1 1/4” 1.660” 1 1/4” Dia. 7/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)
1 1/2” 1.900” 1 1/2” Dia. 7/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: HW 4 D 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
HW Heavy duty socket weld C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
1-1 Bore Size S
part number
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore 1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
6 0.385” Dia. bore CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required

T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches

1-2 Pipe Size “P”


CODE DESCRIPTION 1-4 Material
D 3/4” CODE DESCRIPTION
E 1” Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
F 1 1/4” located earlier in section
G 1 1/2”
1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-12 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 424-1
Thermowells Reduced Tip Socket Weld Thermowells

Reduced Tip Socket Weld Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths, and with optional lagging
extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure
and corrosion resistance requirements. The Reduced Tip Socket Weld is designed to be used with a class 3000 weld-o-let which allows the
thermowell to be welded permanently into the process. The stepped construction is used in standard duty applications and increases the
speed of response while maintaining mechanical strength. They are designed with standard 0.260” bore diameters to accommodate sensing
elements with a 0.252” maximum diameter. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

Thermowell Dimensions
1/2” NPT “P” PIPE SIZE
Q V
NOM. DIA.
3/4” 1.050” 3/4” Dia. 1/2” Dia.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”
1” 1.315” 7/8” Dia. 1/2” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified) 1 1/4” 1.660” 1 1/4” Dia. 7/8” Dia.
1 1/2” 1.900” 1 1/2” Dia. 7/8” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: RW 4 D 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
RW Reduced tip socket weld C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
1-1 Bore Size S
part number
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore 1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
CODE DESCRIPTION

Leave blank if no lag is required


1-2 Pipe Size “P”
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
CODE DESCRIPTION
D 3/4”
1-4 Material
E 1”
CODE DESCRIPTION
F 1 1/4”
Specify two digit material code as
G 1 1/2” XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
located earlier in section

1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

425-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-13
Thermowells Weld-In Thermowells
Weld-In Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, process connection sizes, lengths and with optional lagging extensions.
Thermowell specifications should be based on process conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance
requirements. Weld-In thermowells are welded directly into the process apparatus. They are designed with standard 0.260” or 0.385” bore
diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum diameters. The tapered design is suited for heavy duty
applications where greater rigidity is required due to process conditions. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of
a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

+
Thermowell Dimensions
1/2” NPT “P” PIPE SIZE
V (0.260”) V (0.385”)
NOM. DIA.
3/4” 1.050” 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.

(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”


1” 1.315” 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T” 1 1/4” 1.660” 7/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia.
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)
1 1/2” 1.900” 7/8” Dia. 7/8” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: WI 4 D 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
WI Weld-In C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
1-1 Bore Size S
part number
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260 Dia. bore 1-5 ‘T’ Lag Dimension
6 0.385 Dia. bore CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required

T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches

1-2 Pipe Size “P”


CODE DESCRIPTION 1-4 Material
D 3/4” NPT CODE DESCRIPTION
E 1” NPT Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material Table
F 1 1/4” NPT located earlier in section
G 1 1/2” NPT
1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-14 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 426-1
Thermowells Sanitary Weld-In Thermowells

Sanitary Weld-In Thermowells are offered in 304 and 316 stainless steel. They are available in a variety of lengths, process connection
sizes, and with optional lagging extensions. The thermowell is to be welded into a tank or vat with a full crevice free fillet-weld to prevent
corrosion, bacteria growth, and product contamination. The surface is polished to a finish that exceeds the No. 4 minimum finish required
by the 3-A Sanitary Council standard for food, pharmaceutical and chemical processing. They are designed with standard 0.260” and 0.385”
bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum diameters. These wells are available as a separate
component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

Authorized
74-
1/2” NPT

Thermowell Dimensions
BORE SIZE “V”
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” 0.260” Dia. 5/8” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified) 0.385” Dia. 49/64” Dia.

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: WS 4 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-5 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
WS Sanitary weld-in C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
1-1 Bore Size S
part number
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260 Dia. bore 1-4 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
6 0.385 Dia. bore CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required

T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches


1-2 “S” Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
1-3 Material
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length CODE DESCRIPTION
08 316 stainless steel
09 304 stainless steel

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

427-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-15
Thermowells Standard Flanged Thermowells

Standard Flanged Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, flange types, flange sizes, and pressure ratings. They are available
in various lengths and with optional lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions
which include strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The standard flanged thermowell is supplied with a
straight shank and are designed with a 0.260” or 0.385” bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum
diameters. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

Q
BORE SIZE

NOMINAL

R 0.130”
Thermowell Dimensions
1/2” NPT BORE Q Dim.
0.260 3/4”
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” - 2” 0.385 7/8”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” - 2” - ”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” - ”U” - 2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: SF 4 15 R 1 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
SF Standard flanged C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
1-1 Bore Size
F Full penetration weld
CODE DESCRIPTION
Well stamped with customer specified
S
4 0.260” Dia. bore part number
6 0.385” Dia. bore
1-7 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
1-2 Flange Size CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION Leave blank if no lag is required
10 1” (DN 25) Specify “T” dimension in inches using
T__
two digits plus any fractional length
13 1 1/4” (DN 32)
15 1 1/2” (DN 40)
1-6 Material
20 2” (DN 50)
1-4 Pressure Rating CODE DESCRIPTION
30 3” (DN 80)
CODE DESCRIPTION Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material
1-3 Flange Type 1 150 Class Table located earlier in section
CODE DESCRIPTION 3 300 Class
F Flat face 6 600 Class 1-5 S Length
J Ring joint 9 900 Class CODE DESCRIPTION
R Raised face 15 1500 Class Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-16 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 428-1
Thermowells Heavy Duty Flanged Thermowells

Heavy Duty Flanged Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, flange types, flange sizes, and pressure ratings. They are available
in various lengths and with optional lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions
which include strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The heavy duty flanged thermowell is supplied with
a 0.260” or 0.385” bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum diameters. The tapered design is
suited for heavy duty applications where greater rigidity is required for increased pressure and flow due to process conditions. These wells
are available as a separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

NOMINAL

R 0.130”
1/2” NPT
Thermowell Dimensions
FLANGE Q (0.260”) “V”(0.260”) “V”(0.385”)
1” 7/8” Dia. 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
Maximum tapered length is 16”
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” - 2” 1 1/4” thru 3” 1 1/16” Dia. 5/8” Dia. 49/64” Dia.
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” - 2” - ”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” - ”U” - 2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: HF 4 15 R 1 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
HF Heavy duty flanged C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
1-1 Bore Size
F Full penetration weld
CODE DESCRIPTION
Well stamped with customer specified
4 0.260” Dia. bore S
part number
6 0.385” Dia. bore
1-7 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
1-2 Flange Size CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION Leave blank if no lag is required
10 1” (DN 25)
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
13 1 1/4” (DN 32)
15 1 1/2” (DN 40)
1-6 Material
20 2” (DN 50)
1-4 Pressure Rating CODE DESCRIPTION
30 3” (DN 80)
CODE DESCRIPTION Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material
1-3 Flange Type 1 150 Class Table located earlier in section
CODE DESCRIPTION 3 300 Class
F Flat face 6 600 Class 1-5 S Length
J Ring joint 9 900 Class CODE DESCRIPTION
R Raised face 15 1500 Class Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

429-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-17
Thermowells Reduced Tip Flanged Thermowells

Reduced Tip Flanged Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, flange types, flange sizes, and pressure ratings. They are
available in various lengths and with optional lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process
conditions which include strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The stepped construction is normally
used in standard duty applications and increases the speed of response while maintaining mechanical strength. They are designed with
standard 0.260” bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” maximum diameter. These wells are available as a
separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

BORE SIZE

NOMINAL

R 0.130”

1/2” NPT
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” - 2”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” - 2” - ”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” - ”U” - 2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: RF 4 15 R 1 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
RF Reduced tip flanged C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
1-1 Bore Size F Full penetration weld
CODE DESCRIPTION Well stamped with customer specified
S
part number
4 0.260” Dia. bore

1-7 Optional “T” Lag Dimension


1-2 Flange Size
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
10 1” (DN 25)
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
13 1 1/4” (DN 32)
15 1 1/2” (DN 40)
1-6 Material
20 2” (DN 50)
1-4 Pressure Rating CODE DESCRIPTION
30 3” (DN 80)
CODE DESCRIPTION Specify two digit material code as
XX stated in the Thermowell Material
1-3 Flange Type 1 150 Class Table located earlier in section
CODE DESCRIPTION 3 300 Class
F Flat face 6 600 Class 1-5 S Length
J Ring joint 9 900 Class CODE DESCRIPTION
R Raised face 15 1500 Class Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-18 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 430-1
Thermowells Heavy Duty Van Stone Thermowells
Heavy Duty Van Stone Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, flange sizes, and pressure ratings. They are available in various lengths
and with optional lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include strength, tem-
perature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The heavy duty Van Stone thermowell is supplied with a 0.260” and 0.385” bore diam-
eters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum diameters. Van Stone thermowells are connected using a separate and
reusable backing flange eliminating the need for expensive flange materials. The tapered design is suited for heavy duty applications where greater
rigidity is required due to increased pressure and flow due to process conditions. These wells are available as a separate component or as part of
a complete sensor assembly.

1/2” NPT
R 0.130” R 0.130”

BORE SIZE

Thermowell Dimensions

“P” PIPE SIZE “V” “V”


“R” “Q”
0.260” 0.385”
Maximum tapered length is 16” DIA. DIA.
NOM. DIA. DIA. DIA.
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T” 1” 1.315” 2” 7/8” 5/8” 49/64”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” 1 1/2” 1.900” 2 7/8” 1 1/16” 5/8” 49/64”
and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: HF 4 15 V 1 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
HF Heavy Duty Van Stone C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
F Full penetration weld
1-1 Bore Size
Well stamped with customer specified
CODE DESCRIPTION S
part number
4 0.260” Dia. bore
6 0.385” Dia. bore 1-7 ‘T’ Lag Dimension
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
1-2 Flange Size
Specify “T” dimension in inches using
CODE DESCRIPTION T__
two digits plus any fractional length
10 1” (DN 25) 1-4 Pressure Rating
1-6 Material
15 1 1/2” (DN 40) CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
0 No backing flange
Specify two digit material code as
1 150 Class XX stated in the Thermowell Material
1-3 Flange Type
3 300 Class Table located earlier in section
CODE DESCRIPTION
6 600 Class
V Van Stone (lap joint)
9 900 Class 1-5 S Length

15 1500 Class CODE DESCRIPTION

Carbon steel lap joint flange standard Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

431-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-19
Thermowells Straight Van Stone Thermowells

Straight Van Stone Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, flange sizes, and pressure ratings. They are available in various
lengths and with optional lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include
strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The Straight Van Stone thermowell is supplied with a 0.260”
and 0.385” bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” or 0.377 maximum diameters. Van Stone thermowells are
connected using a separate and reusable backing flange eliminating the need for expensive flange materials. These wells are available as
a separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

1/2” NPT
R 0.130”
R 0.130”

“Q” BORE SIZE

Thermowell Dimensions
“P” PIPE SIZE “Q” “Q”
“R”
0.260” 0.385”
NOM. DIA. DIA.
DIA. DIA.
1” 1.315” 2” 3/4” 7/8”
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” - 2”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” - 2” - ”T” 1 1/2” 1.900” 2 7/8” 3/4” 7/8”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” - ”U” - 2”
(When “U” and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: SF 4 15 V 1 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
SF Straight Van Stone C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
S
1-1 Bore Size part number

CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore 1-7 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
6 0.385” Dia. bore CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required

T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches


1-2 Flange Size
CODE DESCRIPTION 1-4 Pressure Rating
1-6 Material
10 1” (DN25) CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
15 1 1/2” (DN40) 0 No backing flange
Specify two digit material code as
1 150 Class XX stated in the Thermowell Material
3 300 Class Table located earlier in section
1-3 Flange Type
6 600 Class
CODE DESCRIPTION 1-5 S Length
9 900 Class
V Van Stone (lap joint) CODE DESCRIPTION
15 1500 Class
Carbon steel lap joint flange standard Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-20 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 432-1
Thermowells Reduced Tip Van Stone Thermowells
Reduced Tip Van Stone Thermowells are available in a variety of materials, flange sizes, and pressure ratings. They are offered in various
lengths and with optional lagging extensions. Thermowell specifications should be determined based on process conditions which include
strength, temperature, pressure and corrosion resistance requirements. The Reduced Tip Van Stone thermowell is supplied with a 0.260”
bore diameter to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” maximum diameter. The stepped construction is normally used in standard
duty applications and increases the speed of response while maintaining mechanical strength. Van Stone thermowells are connected
using a separate and reusable backing flange eliminating the need for expensive flange materials. These wells are available as a separate
component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

1/2” NPT
R 0.130” R 0.130”

BORE SIZE

Thermowell Dimensions
“P” PIPE SIZE “P” “R”
NOM. DIA. DIA.

1” 1.315” 2”
(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2”
(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” -1 1/2” -”T” 1 1/2” 1.900” 2 7/8”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” -”U” -1 1/2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8

Example Order Number: RF 4 15 V 1 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-8 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
RF Reduced Tip Van Stone C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
C22 Brass well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
S
1-1 Bore Size part number

CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore 1-7 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
CODE DESCRIPTION
Leave blank if no lag is required
1-2 Flange Size
T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches
CODE DESCRIPTION
10 1” (DN25) 1-4 Pressure Rating
1-6 Material
15 1 1/2” (DN40) CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
0 No backing flange
Specify two digit material code as
1 150 Class XX stated in the Thermowell Material
1-3 Flange Type
3 300 Class Table located earlier in section
CODE DESCRIPTION
6 600 Class
V Van Stone (lap joint)
9 900 Class 1-5 S Length

15 1500 Class CODE DESCRIPTION

Carbon steel backing flange standard Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

433-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-21
Thermowells Sanitary Connected Thermowells

Sanitary Connected Thermowells are offered in 304 and 316 stainless steel. The DW series is a welded construction, and they are available
in a variety of lengths, cap styles, cap sizes, and with optional lagging extensions. The surface is polished to a finish that exceeds the No.
4 minimum finish required by the 3-A Sanitary Council standard for food, pharmaceutical and chemical processing. They are designed
with standard 0.260” bore diameters to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” maximum diameter. These wells are available as a
separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

Authorized
Authorized
74-
74-03

(“U” length for non-lagging wells) = “S” - 1 1/2”


(“U” length for lagging wells) = “S” - 2” - ”T”
(To solve for “T”), “T” = “S” - ”U” - 2” (When “U” and “S” are specified)

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Example Order Number: DW 4 25 09 08 T2 C8S

1-0 Well Type 1-6 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
DW Sanitary well C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
S
part number

1-1 Bore Size


1-5 Optional “T” Lag Dimension
CODE DESCRIPTION
CODE DESCRIPTION
4 0.260” Dia. bore
Leave blank if no lag is required

T__ Specify “T” dimension in inches

1-2 Cap Size & Style


CODE DESCRIPTION 1-4 Material
15 1”, 1 1/2” Triclamp® 16 AMP CODE DESCRIPTION
25 2” Triclamp® 16 AMP 08 316 stainless steel
35 2 1/2” Triclamp® 16 AMP 09 304 stainless steel
45 3” Triclamp® 16 AMP
Other styles - sizes available. Consult factory.
1-3 S Length
CODE DESCRIPTION
Specify length in inches using two
XX
digits plus fractional length

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-22 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 434-2
Thermowells W81 Series Sanitary Weld-In Thermowells

Sanitary Weld-In Thermowells are offered in 304 and 316 stainless steel. The thermowell is to be welded into a tank or vat with a full crevice
free fillet-weld to prevent corrosion, bacteria growth, and product contamination. The surface is polished to a finish that exceeds the No.
4 minimum finish required by the 3-A Sanitary Council standard for food, pharmaceutical and chemical processing. They are designed
with standard 0.260” bore diameter to accommodate sensing elements with a 0.252” maximum diameter. These wells are available as a
separate component or as part of a complete sensor assembly.

Authorized
Authorized
74-
74-03
S

ORDER CODES
1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3

Example Order Number: W81 - 1 9 S

1-0 Well Type 1-3 Options


CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION
W81 Sanitary weld-in C8 316 stainless steel well cap and chain
Well stamped with customer specified
S
part number

1-1 Length
CODE “S” LENGTH “U” LENGTH
1-2 Material
1 8 1/2” 3 1/4”
CODE DESCRIPTION
2 10 1/8” 3 1/4”
8 316 stainless steel
3 11 7/8” 5”
4 13 1/8” 3 3/4” 9 304 stainless steel

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

435-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-23
Thermowells Wake Frequency Calculation Request

Please complete the following information when requesting a wake frequency calculation.
Company Name
Company Name: Contact Name:
Phone Number: Fax Number:
E-Mail Address:
Request Date (MM/DD/YY): Calculation Required By Date:

Well Geometry and Material


(all of the following are represented by the Pyromation Part Number)
Unsupported Length (in), (mm): Root Diameter (in), (mm):
Tip Diameter (in), (mm): Bore Diameter (in), (mm):
Tip Thickness (in), (mm) {3/16” minimum}: Material Type:

Process Medium
Process Fluid (water, steam natural gas, crude oil, etc.):
Fluid State (Gas or Liquid):
Maximum Fluid Temperature (°F) (°C):
Maximum Fluid Pressure (psig), (kPa):
Maximum Fluid Velocity (ft/s), (m/s) / or Maximum fluid mass flow rate (lbm/s), (kg/s)/ or Maximum fluid volumetric flow rate (ft^3/s), (m^3/s):

Pipe Size and Mounting

I.D. of pipe in which thermowell is mounted (in), (mm) / or pipe size and schedule:

Length of thermowell’s unsupported length not exposed to fluid flow (in), (mm), {if applicable}:

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-24 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 436-1
Thermowells Typical Wake Frequency Calculation Report

Date: 7/18/2006
Customer Name: Example, Inc.
Sales Order No.: S.O. 123456
Pyromation P/N: H4E0908
Tag No: TW-ABC

INPUTS
Thermowell Material:

Grade: 300 Series Austenitic Stainless Steel

English Metric
Modulus of Elasticity @ Design Temp.: ................... 25,894,562 (psi) 178543.01 (Mpa)
Density @ Design Temp.: ........................................ 0.287 (Lb/in^3) 7940 (Kg/m^3)
Coeff. Of Thermal Expansion @ Design Temp.: ...... 1.010E-05 (/°F) 1.818E-05 (/°C)

Thermowell Dimensions @ Room Temp.:

Root Dia.: ................................................................ 1.063 (in) 27.00 (mm)


Tip Dia.: ................................................................... 0.625 (in) 15.88 (mm)
Bore Dia.: ................................................................ 0.260 (in) 6.60 (mm)
Tip Thickness: ......................................................... 0.250 (in) 6.35 (mm)
Unsupported Length: .............................................. 7.500 (in) 190.50 (mm)

Fluid Properties:

Velocity: ................................................................... 48.0 (Ft/s) 14.63 (m/s)


Design Temperature: ............................................... 500 (°F) 260.0 (°C)

OUTPUTS
Thermowell Natural Frequency: .............................. 417 (Hz) 417 (Hz)
Vortex Shedding Frequency: ................................... 202 (Hz) 202 (Hz)
Frequency Ratio: ..................................................... 0.48 PASS 0.48 PASS
Max. Fluid Velocity: ................................................. 79.3 (Ft/s) 24.18 (m/s)
Maximum Length: .................................................... 9.663 (in) 245.44 (mm)
Magnification Factor: ........................................... 1.31 1.31

SUMMARY
The thermowell design has passed the wake frequency calculations derived from those used in ASME PTC 19.3-1974 (1986)

Note: This is a typical Wake Frequency Report and is subject to change based on process parameters customer specifications and code changes.

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

437-1 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TW-25
Thermowells ANSI Flanged Thermowell Data Sheet
Pyromation flanged thermowells comply with ASME B40.9 Flanges comply with ASME B16.5 and are welded in accordance to the Boiler Code
by ASME Section IX certified welders using ASME Section II Compliant materials. Gaskets are not supplied with flanged thermowells and
assemblies.
“R” Outside Diameter
Nominal Pipe Nominal Flange “O” Outside Raised Face Large Male “W” Diameter of Number “t f ” Thickness
Size (inches) Diameter DN Class Diameter of Flange and Large Tongue Bolt Circle of Bolts of Flange Min.
1/2 15 150 3.50 1.38 2.38 4 0.38
3/4 20 150 3.88 1.69 2.75 4 0.44
1 25 150 4.25 2.00 3.12 4 0.50
1 1/4 32 150 4.62 2.50 3.50 4 0.56
1 1/2 40 150 5.00 2.88 3.88 4 0.62
2 50 150 6.00 3.62 4.75 4 0.69
2 1/2 65 150 7.00 4.12 5.50 4 0.81
3 80 150 7.50 5.00 6.00 4 0.88
3 1/2 90 150 8.50 5.50 7.00 8 0.88
4 100 150 9.00 6.19 7.50 8 0.88
1/2 15 300 3.75 1.38 2.62 4 0.50
3/4 20 300 4.62 1.69 3.25 4 0.56
1 25 300 4.88 2.00 3.50 4 0.62
1 1/4 32 300 5.25 2.50 3.88 4 0.69
1 1/2 40 300 6.12 2.88 4.50 4 0.75
2 50 300 6.50 3.62 5.00 8 0.81
2 1/2 65 300 7.50 4.12 5.88 8 0.94
3 80 300 8.25 5.00 6.62 8 1.06
3 1/2 90 300 9.00 5.50 7.25 8 1.12
4 100 300 10.00 6.19 7.88 8 1.19
1/2 15 600 3.75 1.38 2.62 4 0.56
3/4 20 600 4.62 1.69 3.25 4 0.62
1 25 600 4.88 2.00 3.50 4 0.69
1 1/4 32 600 5.25 2.50 3.88 4 0.81
1 1/2 40 600 6.12 2.88 4.50 4 0.88
2 50 600 6.50 3.62 5.00 8 1.00
2 1/2 65 600 7.50 4.12 5.88 8 1.12
3 80 600 8.25 5.00 6.62 8 1.25
3.50 90 600 9.00 5.50 7.25 8 1.38
4.00 100 600 10.75 6.19 8.50 8 1.50

(1) HEIGHT OF RAISED FLANGE


0.06” FOR 150 & 300 CLASS
“t f ”
0.25” FOR ALL OTHER CLASSES

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TW-26 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 438-1
Configuration Code TM01
Transmitters Series 440 Programmable
RTD Temperature Transmitter

The Series 440 programmable RTD temperature transmitter is a two-wire transmitter with an analog output. It has
measurement input for Pt100 resistance thermometers (RTD) in 2 or 3 wire connection. Setting up of the transmitter is
done using the 440-CABLE. These small units can be mounted in Pyromation heads or they can be used for surface
mounting by using a 35 mm DIN rail mounting clip.

TEMPERATURE HEAD TRANSMITTER


Universal head transmitter for Pt100 resistance
thermometers (RTD) settable using a PC,
for installation in a sensor head.

Patent #D350, 596

Application Areas Features and Benefits

• PC programmable temperature head transmitter for • Universally PC programmable for Pt100 signals
converting Pt100 input signal into an scaleable • 2 wire technology, (4 to 20) mA analog output
(4 to 20) mA analog output signal • High accuracy in total ambient temperature range
• Platinum Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault signal on sensor break or short circuit
• Online configuration using PC with SETUP • RFI/EMI Protected, marked
connector. • UL Recognized Component
• General Purpose and non-incendive for
use in hazardous locations
• Online configuration during measurement using
SETUP connector
• Output simulation

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

321-6 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TT-1
Configuration Code TM01
Transmitters Series 440 Programmable
RTD Temperature Transmitter

ORDER CODES

Unconfigured Order Number: 440-00[1] 1 2 3 4 5

Configured Order Number: 4 4 0 - 3 85 U - S (50-300) F

1
CODE DESCRIPTION
3
2 RTD (2-wire)
CODE DESCRIPTION
3 RTD (3-wire)
U Upscale Burnout ≥ 21.0 mA
D Downscale Burnout ≤ 3.6 mA
2
CODE DESCRIPTION
85 100 ohm platinum (α = 0.003 85 ºC-1) 4
RANGE
[1] Default setting for unconfigured transmitter is
Pt100 (0 -100)°C S ( lower limit – upper limit)

5
CODE DESCRIPTION
C Celsius
F Fahrenheit

Accessories
CODE DESCRIPTION

Communication Cable and


440-CABLE
Software (RS232)

Communication Cable and


440-CABLE-USB
Software (USB)

440-DIN35 35 mm DIN rail mounting clip

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TT-2 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 322-5
Series 440 Programmable RTD Temperature
Transmitters Transmitter Specifications

Resistance Thermometer Input (RTD)


TYPE MEASUREMENT RANGE MINIMUM RANGE
Pt100 (α = 0.003 85 oC-1) (-200 to 650) °C [-328 to 1202] °F 10 ˚C [18 ˚F]
Connection Type 2 or 3 wire connection cable resistance compensation possible in the 2 wire system (0 to 20) Ω
Sensor cable resistance maximum 11 Ω per cable
Sensor current ≤ 0.6 mA

Output (Analog)
Output signal (4 to 20) mA or (20 to 4) mA
Transmission as Temperature linear
Maximum load (Vpower supply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output)
Digital filter 1st degree (0 to 8) s
Induced current required ≤ 3.5 mA
Current limit ≤ 23 mA
Switch on delay 4 s (during power 1a = 3.8 mA)
Electronic response time 1s

Failure Mode
Undershooting measurement range Decrease to 3.8 mA
Exceeding measurement range Increase to 20.5 mA
Sensor breakage/short circuit ≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21.0 mA

Electronic Connection
Power supply Ub = (10 to 30) V dc, polarity protected
Allowable ripple Uss ≤ 5 V at Ub ≥ 13 V, fmax = 1 kHz

Resistance Thermometer Accuracy (RTD)


TYPE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY
Pt100 0.2 °C or 0.08% [1]
Reference conditions Calibration temperature (23 ± 5) °C [73 ± 9] °F

General Accuracy
Influence of power supply ± 0.01%/V deviation from 24 V [2]
Load influence ± 0.02%/100 Ω [2]
Td= ± (15 ppm/°C × (range end value + 200) + 50 ppm/°C × measurement range) × ∆
Temperature drift
∆ = deviation of the ambient temperature according to the reference condition
Long term stability ≤ 0.1 °C/year [3] or ≤ 0.05%/year [1][3]
[1] % is related to the adjusted measurement range (the value to be applied is the greater)
[2] All data is related to a measurement end value of 20 mA
[3] Under reference conditions

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

323-5 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com TT-3
Series 440 Programmable RTD Temperature
Transmitters Transmitter Specifications

Environmental Conditions
Ambient temperature (-40 to 85) oC [-40 to 185] oF
Storage temperature (-40 to 100) oC [-40 to 212] oF
Climatic class EN 60 654-1, Class C
Condensation Permitted
Shock resistance 4 g / (2 to 150) Hz according to IEC 60 068-2-6
EMC immunity Interference immunity and interference emission according to EN 61 326-1 (1EC 1326)

Mechanical Construction

Dimensions in inches [mm]

1.49 [38]

0.89 [23]
Dimensions

0.24 [6]
1.75 [44] 2.17 [55]

Weight Approximately 44 g
Materials Housing: Polycarbonate • Potting: Polyurethane
Terminals 15 AWG (maximum)

Terminal Connections
Power supply and current output

(10 to 30) V dc
(4 to 20) mA

2-Wire 3-Wire

SETUP socket

Approvals

marked Unit complies with the legal requirements set forth by the EU regulations.

UL Recognized Component

General Purpose and non-incendive for use in hazardous locations Class I, Division 2 Groups A, B, C and D

© Copyright 2006 Pyromation, Inc., All Rights Reserved.

TT-4 Phone (260) 484-2580 • FAX (260) 482-6805 or (800) 837-6805 • www.pyromation.com 324-4
Configuration Code TM01
Transmitters Series 441 Programmable Temperature Transmitter

The Series 441 programmable temperature transmitter is a two-wire transmitter with an analog output. It has
measurement input for resistance thermometers (RTD) in 2, 3 or 4 wire connection, thermocouples, resistance and
voltage. Setting up of the transmitter is done using the 440-CABLE. These small units can be mounted in Pyromation
DIN (Form B) heads or they can be used for surface mounting by using a 35 mm DIN rail mounting clip.

TEMPERATURE HEAD TRANSMITTER


Universal head transmitter for resistance
thermometers (RTD), thermocouples, resistance
and voltage transmitters, settable using a PC,
for installation in a sensor head (Form B)

Application Areas Features and Benefits

• PC programmable temperature head transmitter for • Universally PC programmable for various signals
converting various input signals into an scalable • Galvanic isolation
(4 to 20) mA analog output signal • 2 wire technology, (4 to 20) mA analog output
• Input: • High accuracy in total ambient temperature range
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault signal on sensor break or short circuit
Thermocouple (TC) • RFI/EMI Protected, marked
Resistance (Ω) • UL Recognized Component
Voltage (mV) • Intrinsically safe and non-incendive for
• Online configuration using PC with SETUP hazardous locations
connector • Intrinsically safe and non-incendive for